0% found this document useful (0 votes)
3 views

B. Tech in Mechanical Engineering_Detailed Syllabus

The document outlines the scheme and syllabus for the B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering at Maulana Azad National Institute of Technology Bhopal, specifically for the third semester. It includes details on core courses such as Mathematics-3 and Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, along with course outcomes, content descriptions, textbooks, and evaluation criteria. Additionally, it provides a comprehensive lecture plan for each course, covering essential topics in mechanical engineering and entrepreneurship.

Uploaded by

prabhat tiwari
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
3 views

B. Tech in Mechanical Engineering_Detailed Syllabus

The document outlines the scheme and syllabus for the B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering at Maulana Azad National Institute of Technology Bhopal, specifically for the third semester. It includes details on core courses such as Mathematics-3 and Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, along with course outcomes, content descriptions, textbooks, and evaluation criteria. Additionally, it provides a comprehensive lecture plan for each course, covering essential topics in mechanical engineering and entrepreneurship.

Uploaded by

prabhat tiwari
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 227

Maulana Azad National Institute of

Technology Bhopal

SCHEME AND SYLLABUS

B.Tech.
in
Mechanical Engineering

(SCHEME 2021)

Department of Mechanical Engineering


MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

SCHEME FOR B.TECH (Mechanical Engineering)

Name of Program B. Tech.(Mechanical Semester-III Year SECOND


Engg.)
Name of Course MATHEMATICS - 3
Course Code MTH-231
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite:
1. Mathematics- 1 & 2
2. Set theory, permutation and combination
Course Outcomes:
1. Students will understand the concept of Boolean algebra, and will be able to design circuits
for simple Boolean expressions and implement basic logic gates using universal gates.
2. Be able to distinguish between the crisp set and fuzzy set concepts, draw a parallelism
between crisp set operations and fuzzy set operations and become aware of the use of fuzzy
inference systems in the design of intelligent or humanistic systems.
3. Describe and discuss the key terminology, concepts tools and techniques used in statistical
analysis
4. Solve a range of problems using the Statistical techniques covered

5. Students would have able to Cast engineering minima/maxima problems into optimization
framework and Learn efficient computational procedures to solve optimization problems.
Description of Contents in brief:
1. Boolean Algebra and Its Applications, Fundamentals of Fuzzy Set Theory.
2. Statistics: Curve fitting, Correlation and Regression Analysis Probability Distribution,
Sampling and Testing of Hypothesis.
3. Operations Research: Introduction to Optimization by Linear Programming, Solution by
Graphical and Simplex Method, Concept of Degeneracy and Duality, Artificial variable
Techniques: Big-M Method; Two phase method, Transportation & Assignment Problem.
List of Text Books:
1. Discrete Mathematics, by M K Gupta, Krishna Prakashan, 2019
2. Fuzzy Set Theory-and Its Applications, Fourth Edition, H.-J. Zimmermann, Springer, 2001
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by B S Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 2015
4. Business Statistics by S. P. Gupta & M. P. Gupta, 2019
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

5. Advanced engineering Mathematics by Erwin Kreyszig, 2011


6. Operation research by S. D. Sharma, 2010
List of Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians, Mott J. L. , Kandel A.
and Baker T. P., Second Edition, Prentice Hall India, 1986.
2. Elements of Discrete Mathematics, Liu C. L. , Second Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 1985
3. Fuzzy Set Theory, by R. Lowen, Springer, 1996
4. Higher engineering Mathematics by B V Ramanna, 2007
5. Operations Research by Hillier F S and Lieberman G J, 2015
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/107/111107058/ (Boolean Algebra)
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104157/ (Fuzzy Set theory)
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/102/111102130/ (Fuzzy Set theory)
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107114/ (Statistics)
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/107/111107128/ (LPP)
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture Topic
No.
1. Introduction to Boolean algebra, examples
2. Principle of Duality and some important theorems
3. Boolean functions, minterm, maxterm
4. Canonical forms of Boolean function
5. Problems on Disjunctive Normal form (DN)
6. Problems on Conjunctive Normal form (CN)
7. Inter conversion between DN and CN forms of Boolean function
8. Simplification of Boolean Expression algebraically
9. Application of Boolean algebra to Switching Circuits designs
10. Equivalent circuits and some problems
11. Introduction to Crispness, Vagueness, Fuzziness, Uncertainty
12. Fuzzy sets-basic definitions : Membership function and its types
13. Nomenclature used in Fuzzy set theory
14. Basic Set-Theoretic Operations for Fuzzy Sets
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

15. Properties of Fuzzy sets


16. Distance between Fuzzy sets
17. Fuzzy Numbers and Arithmetic operations on Fuzzy numbers
18. Curve Fitting by Method of Least Squares
19. Correlation: concept, Type of correlation, Coefficient of correlation, Rank correlation
20. Regression: concept, Line of regression of X on Y, Line of regression of Y on X,
21. Relation between correlation and regression, Standard Error of Estimate
22. Binomial and Poisson Distribution (Discrete)
23. Normal Distribution (Continuous)
24. Introduction to Sampling, Sampling Distribution and important terminology
25. Introduction to Testing of Hypothesis related terminology
26. Z-test
27. Z-test – continued
28. t-test,
29. t- test continued
30. Some problems on t-test
31. Chi-square test
32. Chi-square test continued
33. Some problems on Chi-square test
34. Introduction to LPP, formulation of the problem into LPP
35. Graphical Solution of LPP, one example each of four different types of solutions
36. Canonical and Standard forms of LPP
37. Introduction to Simplex Method- defining basic terms used in Simplex method
38. Working procedure of Simplex method, some problems
39. Some Problems on Simplex Method- continued
40. Artificial variable technique: Big-M Method
41. Artificial variable technique: Two- Phase method
42. Some more problems on Big-M Method and Two- Phase method
43. Duality of LPP
44. Dual simplex Method
45. Transportation Problem
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

46. Some Problem on Transportation Problem


47. Assignment Problem
48. Some problems on Assignment Problem

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of the Program: B.Tech. Semester Third Year SECOND


Name of the Course: Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship
Course Code: HUM-251
Core/Elective/Other: Core
Pre-requisites: 1. Fundamental Understanding of Personnel Administration is an
integral part for Engineers before entry into organization and to setup
any startup business.
2. Organizational theories and Motivation for Entrepreneurship
enthusiastic for systematic approach to handle the materialistic and
non-materialistic motivation
Course Outcomes:
1 Course will inculcate administrative skills for Engineers to handle the all the matters
related to personnel and their dimensions.
2 Engineering students will be in position to take appropriate decision to understand the
industrial Laws and application of administrative principles for smooth functioning of
Industry and a fresh idea to setup new business.
3 Boost up the engineers to develop Business ideas to become successful entrepreneurs to
setup new operational business units to address the need of society.
Description of Content in Brief:
1 Introduction: Meaning, nature and scope of Personnel Administration in India, functions
and significance of Personnel Administration, Recruitment, Training, Promotion and
Disciplinary Action, Classification of Services, Generalists and Specialists, Development
of Public Services in India, Bureaucracy and Modern Democratic System, Performance
Appraisal.
2 Organizational Theories:Organizational Development Theories, Fredric Winslow
Taylor, Marry Parker Follett, Elton Mayo, Max Weber, Henry Fayol, Power,
Accountability, Responsibility, Control, Transparency and Conflict Resolutions
3 Entrepreneurship: Meaning and importance of Entrepreneurship, Evolution of
Entrepreneurship, Factors influencing Entrepreneurship: Social factors, psychological
factors, economical factors and environmental factors. Characteristics of an Entrepreneur,
Types of Entrepreneur: type of business, use of technology, motivation. New Generation
of entrepreneurship: social entrepreneurship, tourism entrepreneurship, women
entrepreneurship. Barriers to Entrepreneurship.
4 Entrepreneurial motivation:Relevance of Motivation, Maslow’s Theory, Herzberg’s
Theory, Douglas McGregor, Ethics, Corruption and Anti-Corruption Machinery in country
5 Industrial Laws:Factory Act 1948, Provident Fund Act 1952,Dispute Act, Labour Act,
Compensation Act 1919,Inter State Migrant worker Act, LabourAct, Sexual Harassment
Act, Special Economic Zone (SEZ), National Small Industries, Quality Standard with
Special reference to (ISO), Small Industries Development Bank of India (ISDBI), New
Pension Scheme 2004 Act.
List of Text Books:
1 D. Ravindra Prasad, V.S. Prasad, P. Satyanarayana, Y. Pardhasaradhi. Administrative
Thinkers. Sterling Publishers Private Limited Second Revised Enlarged Edition, New
Delhi. 2010.
2 Haidi, Patricia & Brush, Teaching Entrepreneurship, Edward Elgar, United States of
America, 2014.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3 Norma M. Riccucci, Public Personnel Management, Rutledge, United States of America,


2017.
4. Padhi, Labour & Industrial Laws, PHI Learning Private Limited, Eastern Economy
Edition. New Delhi,2017
List of Reference Books
1 Monappa & Saiyadain, Personnel Management, McGraw Hills, January-2001.
2 Howard & Donald, Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process &Practice, engage Learning,
Australia, 2010.
3 Jared, Donald & John, Public Personnel Management, Rutledge, United Kingdom,2018
4 Sinha & Sekhar, Industrial Relations, Trade Unions and Labor Legislations, Pearson
Publication, New Delhi.2017
URLs:
1 https://www.my-mooc.com/en/categorie/entrepreneurship
2 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106141/
3 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/105/122105020/
Lecture Plan
1. Historical Background of Organization and its Personnel with its nature and scope.
2. Meaning definitions, relevance of personnel administration in organizations
3. Why to understand personnel administration first than entrepreneurship development for
engineers
4. Types of organizations and personnel administration
5. Laws of recruitment, types, legal procedures in the organization to promote and demote
the personnel, Performance Appraisal
6. Development of personnel administration in India, bureaucracy and its types in India,
Contribution of Max Weber
7. Promotion, types of promotion, disciplinary action and classification of services,
Administrative tribunals
8. Generalists Vs. Specialists, their arguments and need of the hierarchy at the top of the
organization.
9. Modern Democratic system and organizations in the world
10. Organizational Theories and its development; Contributions of classical thinkers in the
professionalism.
11. Contributions of Frederick Winslow Taylor in the development of Scientific management
approach, functional foremanship and development of scientific tools and techniques for
more efficiency.
12. Top level management and contribution of French engineer in the development of basic
professional principles for high rise in production.
13. Hawthorne Experiment and emergence of new Human Relation approach by the Elton
Mayo
14. Marry Parker Follet and orders to follow in different situations and understand the behavior
of employees.
15. Accountability, Responsibility, Power, Control, Authority and its Impact on people.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

16. Transparency and conflicts in the organizations


17. Interdependence between the Entrepreneurship and Personnel administration
18. Basic understanding of entrepreneurship ,its relevance and challenges
19. Factors influencing the entrepreneurship
20. Social factors, psychological factors, economical factors and environmental factors
21. Characteristics of an Entrepreneur,
22. Types of Entrepreneur: type of business, use of technology, motivation
23. New Generation of entrepreneurship: social entrepreneurship, tourism entrepreneurship,
women entrepreneurship.
24. Barriers to Entrepreneurship
25. Entrepreneurial motivation: Relevance of Motivation to start a new business
26. Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory, Herzberg’s Theory X and Y.
27. Douglas McGregor, Ethics,
28. Corruption and Anti-Corruption Machinery in country
29. Factory Act 1948, Provident Fund Act ,1952
30. Compensation Act, 1919 and its implementation in the industries
31. Provident Fund Act, 1952 its provisions and benefits.
32. Rural Entrepreneurship in India
33. Quality Standard with Special reference to (ISO)
34. New Pension Scheme 2004,Act for all the central and states government employees
35. Industrial Development Bank of India (IDBI)
36. Case studies on Entrepreneurship in the world and India
37. National Institute of Entrepreneurship in India
38. Banking system in India and Entrepreneurship
39. Central Government Initiatives to start a business
40. Problems and Prospects of entrepreneurship in India
41. Special Economic Zone (SEZ)
42. Industrial Dispute Act,1947
43. Trade Union Act, 1926
44. Equal Remuneration Act, 1976
45. Inter-state Migrant Workmen Act,1979
46. Child Labor (Prohibition & Regulations) Act,1986
47. Sexual Harassment at the Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition & Redresses) Act, 2013
48. Contract Labor (Regulation & Abolition) Act,1970
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

49. Apprentices Act, 1961


50. Case Studies

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech. Semester: Third Year: Second

Name of Course Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Code ME-211

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any: Nil


Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the concepts of continuum, system, control volume, thermodynamic
properties, thermodynamic equilibrium, work and heat.
2. Apply the laws of thermodynamics to analyze boilers, heat pumps, refrigerators, heat
engines, compressors and nozzles.
3. Evaluate the performance of steam power cycles.
4. Analyze and evaluate the available energy and irreversibility.
5. Understand and analyze properties of pure substances and gas mixtures.
6. Analyze air standard cycles applied in prime movers.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Fundamental Concepts and Definitions: Continuum and macroscopic approach;
thermodynamic systems (closed and open); thermodynamic properties and equilibrium;
state of a system, paths and processes on state diagrams; concepts of heat and work,
different modes of work; zeroth law of thermodynamics; concept of temperature.
Unit 2. First Law of Thermodynamics: First law applied to elementary processes, closed
systems and control volume, general energy equation, steady flow energy equation on
unit mass and time basis, application of SFEE for devices such as boiler, turbine, heat
exchangers, pumps, nozzles, etc. Illustrative problems.
Unit 3. Second Law of Thermodynamics: Limitations of the first law, definition of a heat
engine, heat pump, refrigerator, thermal efficiency and the coefficient of performance.
Kelvin-Planck and Clausius statements of the second law, their equivalence, reversible
heat engine, Carnot theorems and corollaries. Reversible process, irreversible process,
Carnot cycle, thermodynamic temperature scale. Entropy, Clausius theorem, Clausius
inequality, Principle of increase of entropy, available and unavailable energy,
irreversibility, illustrated problems.
Unit 4. Properties of Pure Substances: Thermodynamic properties of pure substances in solid,
liquid and vapor phases with reference to T-v, P-T, P-V, P-h, H-s & T-s diagrams, triple
and critical points, phase rule, ideal and real gases, equations of state, Thermodynamic
Relations: Helmholtz and Gibbs Function, Coefficient of volume expansion and
isothermal compressibility, Maxwell Relations, T-ds equations, difference in heat
capacities, ratio of heat capacities, Internal energy relations, Clausius- Claperyon
equation, Joule-Thomson coefficient.
Unit 5. Vapour& Gas Power cycles: Carnot cycle, Rankine cycle, comparison of Carnot and
Rankine cycle, modified Rankine cycle, calculation of cycle efficiencies, variables
affecting efficiency of Rankine cycle. Carnot, Otto, Diesel, Dual, Atkinson and Brayton
cycle. Comparison of Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, calculation of air standard
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

efficiencies, mean effective pressure, brake thermal efficiencies, relative efficiencies of


I.C. engine.
List of Text Books:
1. P.K.Nag, Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, Mc GrawHill Education, New Delhi,
2010
2. G.J.Van Wylen and R.E.Sonntag, Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, Wiley Eastern,
New Delhi, 2008
3. Yonus A Cengel and Michale A Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach,
McGraw Hill, 2016
List of Reference Books:
1. Holman. J.P., Thermodynamics, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1995
2. Rao Y.V.C., An introduction to Thermodynamics, New Age publishers, New Delhi,
2004
3. M.J. Moron and H.N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc. ,U.K. 2006
URLs:
1. http://www.nptel.ac.in
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Continuum and macroscopic approach; thermodynamic systems
(closed and open); thermodynamic properties and equilibrium
2. Thermodynamic properties and equilibrium; state of a system,
paths and processes on state diagrams
3. Concepts of heat and work, different modes of work
4. Zeroth law of thermodynamics; concept of temperature illustrative
problems
5. First law applied to elementary processes, closed systems and
control volume, general energy equation
6. Concept of energy, nature of energy, pure substance, two property
rule, numerical problems
7. First law applied to a control volume, general energy equation,
steady flow energy equation on unit mass and time basis
8. Steady flow energy equation on unit mass and time basis,
application of SFEE for devices such as boiler, turbine
9. Application of SFEE for devices such as pumps, nozzles
illustrative problems
10. Second Law of Thermodynamics: Limitations of the first law,
definition of a heat engine, heat pump, refrigerator
11. Thermal efficiency and the coefficient of performance. Kelvin-
Planck and Clausius statements of the second law
12. Equivalence of Kelvin-Planck and Clausius statements, reversible
heat engine
13. Carnot theorems and corollaries
14. Reversible process, irreversible process, factors responsible for
making a process irreversible
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

15. Carnot cycle, thermodynamic temperature scale


16-17. Entropy, Clausius theorem, Clausius inequality
18. Principle of increase of entropy, available and unavailable energy,
irreversibility
19. Available and unavailable energy, irreversibility (continued)
20. Available and unavailable energy, irreversibility (continued)
21. Related numerical problems
22. Properties of Pure Substances: Thermodynamic properties of pure
substances in solid, liquid and vapor phases
23. T-v, P-T, P-V, P-h, H-s & T-s diagrams, triple and critical points
24. Quality of steam, its determination
25. Steam processes; expressions for the change in internal energy,
enthalpy, entropy in various processes
26. Phase rule, ideal and real gases, equations of state
27. Helmholtz and Gibbs Function, Coefficient of volume expansion
and isothermal compressibility
28. Maxwell Relations, T-ds equations, difference in heat capacities,
ratio of heat capacities, Internal energy relations
29. Clausius-Claperyon equation, Joule-Thomson coefficient
30. Related numerical problems
31. Related numerical problems
32. Simple Rankine cycle
33. Actual Rankine cycle; losses
34. Comparison of Carnot cycle
35. Mean Temperature of Heat Addition: Effect of pressure on
Rankine cycle
36. Modified Rankine cycle: Reheat cycle.
37. Related numerical problems
38. Related numerical problems
39. Related numerical problems
40. Air Standard Cycles: Assumptions for air standard cycles, Otto
cycle
41. Analysis of Otto cycle, efficiency, work output and mean effective
pressure
42. Diesel cycle and its analysis
43. Diesel cycle and its analysis (continued)
44. Dual cycle, comparison of dual cycle with Otto and Diesel cycle
45. Atkinson and Brayton cycles
46. Related numerical problems
47. Related numerical problems
48. Related numerical problems

Evaluation Criteria:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech. Semester III Year II


(U.G.)

Name of Course Mechanics of Materials


Course Code ME – 212

Core / Elective / Other Core Course


Prerequisites if any:
1. Engineering Mechanics
2. Physics / Mathematics
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the mechanical behaviour of bodies, components, machines and structures when
they are subjected to external loads / loading systems.
2. Design a component / machine / structure that can operate safely within realistic constraints.
3. Utilize appropriate materials in design considering the relevant engineering properties,
sustainability, cost and weight.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Axially Loaded Members, Uniaxial Loading, Tension, Compression and Shear,
Stresses and Strains, Hooke’s Law, Fundamental Assumptions, Poisson’s Ratio, Stress
– Strain Diagrams, Mechanical Properties of Materials, Allowable Stresses and
Allowable Loads, Factor of Safety, Stresses in Composite Sections, Thermal Stresses.
Unit 2. Biaxial and Triaxial Loads, Principle of Complementary Shear Stresses, Stresses on
Inclined Sections, Stress Transformation, Strain Transformation, Principal Stresses,
Principal Strains, Principal Axes, Mohr’s Circle.
Unit 3. Strain Energy in Tension, Compression, Shear, and in terms of Principal Stresses,
Theories of Failure, Impact Loading, Elastic Constants and their relationships.
Unit 4. Torsion Theory for Shafts of Circular Cross Section, Power Transmission through
Circular Shafts, Solid and Hollow Shafts, Strain Energy in Torsion and Pure Shear.
Unit 5. Beams, Relationship between Loads, Shear Forces and Bending Moments, Pure
Bending, Normal Stresses and Normal Strains in Beams, Theory of Pure Bending,
Deflection of Beams, Method of Double Integration, Macaulay‘s Method, Strain
Energy Method, Castigliano’s Theorem, Moment - Area Method.
Unit 6. Pressure Vessels, Stress Analysis in Thin Cylindrical and Spherical Pressure Vessels,
Fundamental Assumptions, Differences between Thin and Thick Pressure Vessels,
Springs, Series & Parallel Configurations, Close Coiled Helical Springs, Spiral and
Leaf Springs.
List of Text Books:
1. Mechanics of Materials, Enhanced 9E/2020, Barry Goodno & James M. Gere, Cengage
Learning.
2. Mechanics of Materials, 10E/2016, R. C. Hibbeler, Pearson.
3. Mechanics of Materials, 8E/2019, Ferdinand Beer, et al, McGraw – Hill Education.
4. Strength of Materials: A New Unified Theory for the 21st Century, 2004E, Dale Hopkins &
Surya N. Patnaik, Elsevier
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

List of Reference Books:


1. Strength of Materials, Part I & II, 3E, Stephen Timoshenko, Krieger Pub Co.
2. Strength of Materials, 2012, J. P. Den Hartog, Dover Publications
3. Strength of Materials, G. H. Ryder, Palgrave Macmillan
4. History of Strength of Materials, 1983, Stephen P. Timoshenko, Dover Publications
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105108/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107147/
3. https://gradeup.co/theories-of-failures-i-2bcb95d0-83cf-11e6-890c-51e8ac482cfb
Lecture Plan (42 Lectures):

Lecture Plan

Lecture No Topic
1. Introduction
2. Stresses and Strains -1
3. Stresses and Strains -2
4. Mechanical Properties of Materials
5. Numerical Problems - 1
6. Composite Structures
7. Thermal Stresses
8. Strain Energy in Tension, Compression and Shear
9. Impact Loading
10. Numerical Problems - 2
11. Elastic Constants and their relationships
MINI TEST
12. Principal Planes and Principal Stresses, maximum shear stress and its
location
13. Strain Energy in terms of Principal Stresses
14. Principal Strains
15. Numerical Problems
16. Mohr’s Circle
17. Theories of failure
18. Numerical Problems
19. Torsion of Circular Shafts - 1
20. Torsion of Circular Shafts - 2
21. Power Transmission through Shafts
22. Solid v/s Hollow Shafts
23. Numerical Problems
MID TERM TEST
24. Shear Forces and Bending Moments
25. Bending Stresses, Neutral Axis and Neutral Plane
26. Numerical Problems
27. Deflection of Beams, Double Integration Method
28. Macalay’s Method
29. Strain Energy Method
30. Castigliano's Theorem
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

31. Area Moment Method


32. Volumetric and Shear Strain Energy
33. Numerical Problems
34. Springs, Functions and Different types, Helical, Leaf and Spiral springs
35. Close Coiled Helical Springs
36. Numerical Problems
37. Leaf Springs
38. Spiral Springs
39. Numerical Problems
40. Thin Pressure Vessels (Cylindrical)
41. Thin Pressure Vessels (Spherical)
42. Differences between Thin and Thick Pressure Vessels

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program Bachelor of Technology Semester: III Year: II


in Mechanical
Engineering
Name of Course Material Science and Engineering

Course Code ME-213

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. Engineering Chemistry
2. Engineering Physics
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify various crystal structure of materials and defects present
2. Identify various methods of determining mechanical properties of materials and
various strengthening mechanisms in metals
3. Interpret various phase diagrams and analyze the solidification of metals
4. Select suitable heat treatment process to achieve desired set of mechanical properties
in various alloys
5. Select various metallic alloys and non-metallic materials like polymers, ceramics and
their intended applications
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Concepts of crystal structure, Bravais lattice, unit cell, planes and directions, linear
and planar density, 0,1, 2 and 3 dimensional defects in materials
Unit 2. Importance of defects in determining mechanical properties, Hall-Petch equation
and critically resolved shear stress, methods of determining various mechanical
properties-Tensile test, Impact test, hardness test, fatigue test and creep test, types of
fracture.
Unit 3. Definition of phase, phase rule, Concept of solid solution, Unary and binary phase
diagrams, concept of tie line, Lever rule derivation and application, Various
invariant reactions, applications of various commercially used phase diagrams like
Fe-Fe3C diagram
Unit 4. Theory of nucleation and growth, TTT diagram and various heat treatment
processes, various surface hardening processes, precipitation hardening, low alloy
steels, stainless steels, aluminum, copper and titanium alloys
Unit 5. Crystal structure, mechanical properties and application of ceramics, Structure and
mechanical properties of polymers, concept of crystallinity and glass transition
temperature, application of polymers
Unit 6 Introduction to composites, types and fabrication methods of composites, factors
determining the mechanical properties of composites. Smart materials and their
applications
List of Text Books:
1. William D Callister, Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, John Wiley
and Sons, 7th Edition, United States
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. D.R. Askeland and P.P. Fulay, Essentials of Materials Science and Engineering,
Cengage Learning, 2nd Edition, Canada
3. V.Raghvan, Materials Science and Engineering, PHI publications, 2nd Edition, New
Delhi
4. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering, Smith, 4th Edition McGraw Hill,
2009
List of Reference Books:
1. R. Abbaschian, L. Abbaschian, Robert E. Reed-Hill, Physical Metallurgy Principles,
Cengage Learning, 4th Edition, Canada
2. M.A. Meyers, K.K. Chawla, Mechanical Behaviour of Materials, Cambridge
University Press, 2nd Edition, New York
3. Elements of Materials Science and Engineering, H. VanVlack, Addison-Wesley
4. Alan Cottrell, An Introduction to Metallurgy, Edward Arnold, 2nd Edition, London
URLs:
1. https://www.doitpoms.ac.uk/
2. http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/materials-science-and -engineering/
3. http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc
BANG/Material%20Science/New_index1.html
4. http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/113106032/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to the course, classification of materials
2. Definition and importance of materials science and
engineering, materials tetrahedron, a review of chemical
bonding and its role in defining nature and properties of
materials, crystalline and amorphous materials
3. Concept of Crystal structure, lattice, motif and unit cell
4. Introduction to symmetry, 14 Bravais Lattices and 7 crystal
systems, concept of symmetry
5. Details of SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structure, packing fraction,
theoretical density
6. Concept of miller indices for drawing planes and directions in
cubic and hcp unit cell
7. Linear and planar density, Slip planes and slip systems
8. Importance and Introduction to various defects in the material,
Concept of Burger’s Vector
9. Dislocations and their classification, Role of dislocations in
plastic deformation,
10. Role of defects in determining the mechanical properties of
materials, Various strengthening mechanisms in materials.
11. Hall Patch equation and concept of critically resolved shear
stress
12. Introduction to Tensile,hardness, impact and creep tests
13. Introduction to fatigue test and types of fracture
14. Definition of phase, Phase rule, classification of phase
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

15. Concept of solid solution, Substitutional and interstitial solid


solution, Hume Rothery’s Rules,
16. Introduction and classification of phase diagrams, Methods to
represent concentration in solid solutions
17. Unary and binary Phase diagrams, Examples, Tie line concept,
Lever Rule derivation and application
18. Interpretation of binary phase diagram and microstructure
development
19. Eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic, monotectic and peritectoid
reactions and their importance
20. Fe-Fe3C phase diagram, different phases in steels and their
importance
21. Concept of undercooling, Theory of homogenous and
heterogeneous nucleation
22. Growth, Nucleation rate and its variation with undercooling,
Role of inoculants in solidification
23. Introduction to TTT diagram and various heat treatment
processes
24. Microstructure development during isothermal holding and
resulting mechanical properties
25. Other surface treatment processes like carburizing, nitriding,
case hardening,
26. Carbonitriding, flame and induction hardening, vacuum and
plasma hardening
27. Precipitation hardening treatment for ferrous and non-ferrous
alloys
28. Classification of alloy steels and their applications, Austenite
and ferrite stabilizers, Classification of stainless steels and
their applications. Corrosion resistance
29. Nomenclature of alloy steels and stainless steels, Tool steels
and their applications, Aluminium alloys, copper alloys,
titanium alloys and their applications
30. Nomenclature of Aluminium alloys, application of
precipitation hardening in aluminium alloys
31. Introduction to Ceramics, Crystal structure, Imperfections in
ceramics
32. Mechanical properties of ceramics, Processing and application
of ceramics, commercial ceramics being used in various
applications, Structure of Polymers, Chemistry of polymer
molecules
33. Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers, crystallinity in
polymers
34. Mechanical Properties of polymers, Stress strain behavior,
impact strength, Mechanism of deformation of semi crystalline
polymers and elastomers
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

35. Concept of glass transition temperature and factors influencing


the glass transition temperature, vulcanization, commercial
polymers being used in various applications.
36. Introduction to composites and their classification, Rule of
mixtures.
37. Influence of fibre length, orientation and concentration on
mechanical behaviour of composites
38. Metal matrix composites, ceramic matrix composites,
39. Polymer matrix composites, carbon-carbon composites and
hybrid composites
40. Fabrication techniques of composites, commercial composites
being used in various applications
41. Smart materials like piezoelectric materials, magnetostrictive
materials
42. Shape memory alloys and applications of smart materials

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech Semester- III Year- 2


Name of Course Mechanical Drawing and CAD
Course Code ME 214
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite if any:
1. Engineering Drawing/ Engineering Graphics/Engineering Arts
Course Outcomes:
An ability to develop part drawing of geometric objects and unique machine components
CO1
through CAD software’s and paper pencil techniques.
An ability to develop assembly drawing using part drawing through CAD software’s and
CO2
paper pencil techniques.
An ability to understand and prepare the detail drawing of machine assembly using British
CO3
and BIS codes.
CO4 An ability to identify, formulate and solve graphics and CAD drafting problems.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction of Pictorial Projection, Type of Projection and Axonometric Projection. Isometric
Projection. Problems on complex Isometric Projection. Curve of Interpenetration.
Unit 2. Introduction of CAD software’s and their application. 2D sketching. 3D Modelling of
simple part. 3D modelling of complex geometries and assemblies (Knuckle joint, Cams,
Valve assemblies and Tool head of Shaper Machine).
Unit 3. Orthodox pencil and paper drawing of the assemblies of UNIT 2.
Unit 4. Advance 3D CAD Tools. Detailing of parts and assemblies. Bill of Material Generation,
sectioning and dimensioning through CAD software and orthodox techniques.
List of Text Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
1. Mechanical Drawing Anson Kent Cross
A Text-Book of Mechanical
2. Drawing and Elementary Reid John S (John Simpson)
Machine Design
3. Machine Drawing K. C. John, PHI Learning
4. Machine Drawing K.L Narayana, New Age Publication
5. Machine Drawing N D Bhatt, Charotar Publication.
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
Introduction of Pictorial Type Projection. (Brief) Examples of
1-3 Perspective projection and oblique projection. (Brush-up)
Axonometric Projection
 Isometric Drawing
4-6  Principle of Isometric Projection
 Isometric Scale
 Isometric Projection Vs Isometric View
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

 Isometric Projection and Isometric View of lamina


6-9  Isometric Projection and Isometric View of circles
 Isometric Projection and Isometric View of solid models
4 – 5 Applied Problems of Isometric Projection (Combined Geometries
10-12 Type Problems)
13-15 Curve of interpenetration
16-18 Introduction of CAD Tools (sketching) on Drafting software
3D Part modelling through Extrude and Revolve along with
19-21
editing Tools
Assembly Introduction and Concept, Assembly of Knuckle joint,
22-24
Problem Discussion and assembled view.
Development of components in CAD software of assembly
problems No-1.
Dimensioning- introduction, nature of dimension, type of Parallel Session
25-27
dimension, system of dimension and rules of dimensions. of two Batches
Completion of Assembly of Tool Head Shaper Machine-1,
Problem Discussion and assembled view in Paper pencil
Dimensioning- introduction, nature of dimension, type of
dimension, system of dimension and rules of dimensions.
Completion of Assembly of Tool Head Shaper Machine-1, Parallel Session
28-30
Problem Discussion and assembled view in Paper pencil of two Batches
Development of components in CAD software of assembly
problems No-1.
Assembly of Tool Head Shaper Machine-1, Problem Discussion
and assembled view in Paper pencil Parallel Session
31-33
Assembly of components in CAD software of assembly problems of two Batches
No-1.
Assembly of components in CAD software of assembly problems
No-1 Parallel Session
34-36
Assembly of Tool Head Shaper Machine-1, Problem Discussion of two Batches
and assembled view in Paper pencil
Assembly of Tool Head of Shaper Machine-2, Problem
Discussion and assembled view in Paper pencil Parallel Session
37-39
Assembly of components in CAD software of assembly problems of two Batches
No-2.
Assembly of components in CAD software of assembly problems
No-2. Parallel Session
40-42
Assembly of Tool Head of Shaper Machine-2, Problem of two Batches
Discussion and assembled view in Paper pencil
Assembly of Plummer Block in Paper pencil Parallel Session
43-45
Assembly of Plummer Block in CAD software of two Batches
Assembly of Plummer in CAD software Parallel Session
46-48
Assembly of Plummer Block in Paper pencil of two Batches
* Min 48 (for four credit Course)
* Min 40 (For Three credit Course)
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Evaluation Criteria:

S.No. Name of Examination Marks Allotted Remarks


1 Mini Test / CAD modelling Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/ Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5. CAD Model/Viva 10
6 End Semester Examination 50
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B Tech Semester III Year -Second

Name of Course HEAT ENGINES LABORATORY

Course Code ME 215

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. Introduction to Properties of Steam

2. Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines


Course Outcomes:
1. Practical knowledge about Steam generation
2. Boiler Mountings and Accessories
3. Introduction to I C Engines
Description of Contents in brief:

Exp. 1. Study of Simple Vertical CochranBoiler


Exp. 2. Study of Nestler’s Boiler
Exp. 3. Study of Lancashire & Locomotive (Fire Tube) Boiler(s)
Exp. 4. Study of Babcock & Wilcox (Water Tube) Boiler
Exp. 5. Study of Boilers Mountings & Accessories
Exp. 6. Study of High Pressure Boilers (La Mont & Benson)
Exp. 7. Study of cut model of 4 Stroke Petrol engine
Exp. 8. Study of cut model of 4 Stroke Diesel engine
Exp. 9. Study of cut model of 2 Stroke Petrol engine
Exp. 10. Study of cut model of 2 Stroke Diesel engine
List of Text Books:
1. Thermal Engg. by R K Rajput, Laxmi Publications, 2008
2. Thermal Engg. by Onkar Singh, New Age Publications, 2009
3. Thermal Engg. by Domkundwar, Dhanpat Rai,1984
4. Internal Combustion Engines by Sharma & Mathur, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2014
5. BME by Pandya & Shah, Charotar publishing house, 2015.

List of Reference Books:


1. Thermal Engg. by P L Ballaney, Khanna Publication 1972

2. J.B. Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill Co.1988


URLs:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. http://www.nptel.ac.in
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech. Semester III Year II


(U.G.) (Odd Semester) (Second Year)
Name of Course Mechanics of Materials Lab
Course Code ME –216
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisites, if any: Nil
1. Physics
2. Engineering Mechanics (Statics in particular)
3. Mechanics of Materials (Co – requisite)
Course Outcomes:
1 Measure deformations, forces, and strains under a variety of loading conditions, including
tension, compression, bending, or any combination of these loadings using Universal Testing
Machine (UTM).
2 Predict component behavior using experimental test results and engineering formulae.
3 Analyze experimental data, theoretical models and their scalability to components.
4 Formulate a solution path for analyzing an actual multi-component structure using
experimental and theoretical methods.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Study of Universal Testing Machine (UTM)
Unit 2. Tension Test on UTM
Unit 3. Study of Strain Gauge
Unit 4. Study of Impact Testing and Concept of Impact Strength
Unit 5. Determination of Impact Strength through Charpy Impact Test
Unit 6. Determination of Impact Strength through Izod Impact Test
Unit 7. Study of Hardness Tests
Unit 8. Determination of Rockwell Hardness for different materials
Unit 9. Determination of Brinell Hardness for different materials
Unit 10. Determination of Vickers Hardness for different materials
Unit 11. Torsion Testing of Circular Shafts
Unit 12. Deflection through Curved Beam Apparatus
List of Text Books:
1. Abdul Mubeen, Experimental Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers, 1993E
2. William F. Hosford, Mechanical Behaviour of Materials, Cambridge University Press, 2E,
2009
List of Reference Books:
1. Norman E. Dowling, Mechanical Behaviour of Materials, Pearson, 4E, 2012
2. Marc Andre Meyers and Krishan Kumar Chawla, Mechanical Behaviour of Materials,
Cambridge university Press, 2E, 2008.
URLs:
1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/materials-science/impact-testing
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. https://theconstructor.org/practical-guide/material-testing/tension-test-steel-rod/2482/
3. https://www.gopracticals.com/mechanical/basic-mechanical/mechanical-conduct-tensile-
utm/
4. https://www.element.com/nucleus/2016/12/12/21/43/charpy-vs-izod-impact
5. https://guidebytips.com/difference-between-izod-and-charpy-impact-test/

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester III Year II


Name of Course Material Characterization Lab.
Course Code ME 217
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite if any:
1. Subject Knowledge of Material Science
Course Outcomes:
1. Enable to do the quantitative and qualitative analysis of different structures.
2. Understanding the methodology of drawing phase diagrams.
3. Develop an understanding of the effects of heat treatment processes for Steel.
4. Enables to understand and correlate the structure and properties of materials.
Description of Contents in brief:
Exp 1. To Study different Crystal Structures and prepare their Ball Models.
Exp 2. To Prepare the sample of a given material for micro-structural examination.
Exp 3. Micro-structural examination of given specimen through metallurgical microscope
Exp 4. To measure the Grain size of Polycrystalline Material through Image Analyzer.
Exp 5. To measure the Volume fraction of a Phase in a Dual Phase Material through Image
Analyzer
Exp 6. To measure the Particle size of Particle Reinforcement a given Material through Image
Analyzer
Exp 7. To Draw Phase diagram for Pb-Sn alloy System through thermal analysis.
Exp 8. To Perform the Annealing and Normalizing Processes for a given Mild steel specimen
and to observe their effect.
Exp 9. To Perform the Hardening and Tempering Processes for a given Mild steel specimen
and to observe their effect.
Exp10. To Determine the Hardenability of Steel through Jominy End quench Test.
List of Text Books:
1. ASM Handbook Mechanical Testing and Evaluation.
2. Metallography: Principles and Practice, George F. Vander Voort, ASM Int.
3. Laboratory Manual of the Institute.
List of Reference Books:
1. Materials Science and Engineering, William D. Callister, John Wiley
2. The Science and Engineering of Materials, Askeland and Phule, Thomson
3. Heat treatment Principles & Techniques,T.V.Rajan& Sharma, PHI
URLs:
1. http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents
2. http://www.researchgate.net
3. http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/materials-science-and-engineering
Evaluation Criteria:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech (Mech.) Semester IV Session 2021-22


Name of Course Mathematics-4
MTH -241
Course Code

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite:
1. Mathematics 1 & 2

Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate understanding of common numerical methods and how they are used to
obtain approximate solutions to otherwise intractable mathematical problems.

2. Apply numerical methods to obtain approximate solutions to mathematical problems

3. Derive numerical methods for various mathematical operations and tasks, such as
interpolation, differentiation, integration, the solution of linear and nonlinear equations,
and the solution of differential equations.

4. Analyze and evaluate the accuracy of common numerical methods.

Description of Contents in brief:

Unit 1. Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations


Unit 2. Solution of Linear and Non-Linear Simultaneous Equations
Unit 3. Finite Differences, Interpolation, Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Unit 4. Numerical Solution of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations
Unit 5. Calculus of Variation: Variational Problems, Approximate Solution of Boundary
Value Problems.

List of Text Books:


1. Numerical Methods in Engineering & Science (with Programs in C,C++ &MATLAB)
by B S Grewal, Khanna Publication, 2015

2. Numerical Methods E .Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 1999

3. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis by S.S. Sastry, PHI learning Pvt. Ltd.,
2012

4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by B S Grewal, Khanna Publishers (For Calculus


of Variations), 2015

List of Reference Books:


MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Advanced engineering mathematics, by E. Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2015

2. Numerical Methods for scientific and Engineering Computation by M.K.Jain, New Age
International, 2003

3. Numerical Analysis by Hildebrand, Dover Publications Inc., 1987

URL:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/106/111106101/

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):


Lecture No. Topic

Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations (10 L)


1. Basic Concept and Motivation

2. Bisection method, Regula Falsi method, Secant method

3. General iteration method, sufficient condition for convergence, efficiency of method

4. Newton-Raphson method, Chebyshev Method

5. Rate of Convergence and order of convergence of different methods

6. Newton’s method for multiple roots

7. Problems on previous topics

8. Direct method;Graffe’s Root Squaring Method

9. Descartes Rule of Signs, Lin Bairstow’s Method for finding complex roots

10. Problems on Graffe’s and Lin Bairstow’s methods

11. Direct Methods (Gauss Elimination and Gauss Jordan)

12. Iterative Method: Jacobi Iterative Method, Gauss-Seidel Method

13. Factorization Method- LU Decomposition method

14. Convergence of iterative methods and some problems on previous topics

15. Newton Raphson method for Non-Linear Simultaneous Equations & its convergence

16. Forward, Backward and Central difference operators and table

17. Relation between different operators and some problems

18. Interpolation with equidistant point: Newton Gregory’s Forward interpolation Formula

19. Backward interpolation formula


MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

20. Central difference formulae: Gauss Forward, Gauss Backward, Stirling’s Formula

21. Central difference formulae (continued): Bessel’s Formula, Laplace-Everette’s Formula

22. Newton Interpolating Polynomial using divided Difference Table

23. Lagrange Interpolation Polynomial


24. Lagrange’s inverse interpolation
25. Differentiating tabulated functions
26. Finding maxima and minima of tabulated functions
27. Newton-Cotes quadrature formulae: Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson 1/3 Rule
28. Simpson 3/8 Rule, Weddle Rule

29. Error analysis

30. Double Integration

31. Picard’s method, Taylor’s Series (ODE)

32. Problems on Picard’s and Taylor’s Series methods and error analysis (ODE)

33. Euler and Euler’s Modified method (ODE)

34. Error in these methods and problems (ODE)

35. Runge-Kutta Method; III order method, Error Analysis (ODE)

36. Runge- Kutta Method ;IV order method, Error Analysis (ODE)

37. Problems on these methods (ODE)

38. Milne’sMethod and Error Analysis (ODE)

39. Adams Bash-forth Method and Error Analysis (ODE)

40. Problems on Milne’sand Adams Bash-forth methods (ODE)

41. Classification of second order PDE’s, Finite difference approximations to derivatives

42. Solution of Laplace and Poisson’s Equations (case of elliptic equations)

43. Solution of Heat equation (case of parabolic equation)

44. Solution of Wave equation (case of hyperbolic equation)

45. Introduction to Functional, Euler’s Equation


46. Problems of finding extremals using Euler’s Equation
47. Rayleigh-Ritz Method
48. Galerkin’s Method
49. Problems on Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin’s Method
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech Semester- IV Year- II

Name of Course Fundamentals of Design

Course Code ME 252

Core / Elective / Other CORE


Prerequisite if any:
1. NIL
Course Outcomes:
Develop a strong understanding of the design process and apply it in a variety of business
CO1
settings
CO2 Analyse self, culture, teamwork to work in a multidisciplinary environment and exhibit
empathetic behavior
CO3 Formulate specific problem statements of real time issues and generate innovative ideas
using design tools
CO4 Apply critical thinking skills in order to arrive at the root cause from a set of likely causes

CO5 Demonstrate an enhanced ability to apply design thinking skills for evaluation of claims
and arguments
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction to design thinking, traditional problem solving versus design thinking,
history of design thinking, wicked problems. Innovation and creativity, the role of
innovation and creativity in organizations, creativity in teams and their environments,
design mind-set. Introduction to elements and principles of design, 13 Musical Notes for
Design Mind-set, Examples of Great Design, Design Approaches across the world
Unit 2. Understanding humans as a combination of I (self) and body, basic physical needs up to
actualization, prosperity, the gap between desires and actualization. Understanding
culture in family society, institution, startup, socialization process. Ethical behavior:
effects on self, society, understanding core values and feelings, negative sentiments and
how to overcome them, definite human conduct: universal human goal, developing
human Consciousness in values, policy, and character. Understand stakeholders,
techniques to empathize, identify key user problems. Empathy tools- Interviews, empathy
maps, emotional mapping, immersion and observations, customer journey maps, and
brainstorming, Classifying insights after Observations, Classifying Stakeholders, Do’s &
Don’ts for Brainstorming, Individual activity- ‘Moccasin walk’
Unit 3. Defining the problem statement, creating personas, Point of View (POV) statements.
Research- identifying drivers, information gathering, target groups, samples, and
feedbacks. Idea Generation-basic design directions, Themes of Thinking, inspirations and
references, brainstorming, inclusion, sketching and presenting ideas, idea evaluation,
double diamond approach, analyze – four W’s, 5 why’s, “How Might We”, Defining the
problem using Ice-Cream Sticks, Metaphor & Random Association Technique, Mind-
Map, ideation activity games - six thinking hats, million-dollar idea, introduction to
visual collaboration and brainstorming tools - Mural, JamBoard
Unit 4. Fundamental concepts of critical thinking, the difference between critical and ordinary
thinking, characteristics of critical thinkers, critical thinking skill slinking ideas,
structuring arguments, recognizing incongruences, five pillars of critical thinking,
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

argumentation versus rhetoric, cognitive bias, tribalism, and politics. Case study on
applying critical thinking on different scenarios.
Unit 5. The argument, claim, and statement, identifying premises and conclusion, truth and logic
conditions, valid/invalid arguments, strong/weak arguments, deductive argument,
argument diagrams, logical reasoning, scientific reasoning, logical fallacies,
propositional logic, probability, and judgment, obstacles to critical thinking. Group
activity/role plays on evaluating arguments.
List of Text Books:
101 Design Methods A Structured
Vijay Kumar,John Wiley and Sons Inc,
6. Approach for Driving Innovation in
New Jersey
Your Organization,
7. Foundations of Ethics and Management BP Banerjee, Excel Books
Gavin Ambrose and Paul Harris, AVA
8. Design Thinking
Publishing SA
9. Roger L. Martin, Harvard Business Press,
Design of Business:
Boston MA
10. Engineering Design G.E. Dieter
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106124/
2. https://www.youtube.com/c/UniversalHumanValues
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to design thinking
2. Traditional problem solving versus design thinking
3. History of design thinking,
4. Wicked problems.
5. Innovation and creativity
6. Role of innovation and creativity in organizations, creativity in teams
and their environments, design mind-set
7. Introduction to elements and principles of design
8. Musical Notes for Design Mind-set,
9. Examples of Great Design, Design Approaches across the world
10. Understanding humans as a combination of I (self) and body, basic
physical needs up to actualization, prosperity, the gap between desires
and actualization.
11. Understanding culture in family society, institution, startup,
socialization process.
12. Ethical behavior: effects on self, society, understanding core values
and feelings, negative sentiments and how to overcome them,
13. Definite human conduct: universal human goal, developing human
Consciousness in values, policy, and character
14. Understand stakeholders, techniques to empathize, identify key user
problems.
15. Empathy tools- Interviews, empathy maps, emotional mapping,
immersion and observations, customer journey maps, and
brainstorming,
16. Classifying insights after Observations, Classifying Stakeholders,
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

17. Do’s & Don’ts for Brainstorming


18. Individual activity- ‘Moccasin walk’
19. Defining the problem statement, creating personas, Point of View
(POV) statements
20. Research- identifying drivers, information gathering, target groups,
samples, and feedbacks.
21. Idea Generation-basic design directions,
22. Themes of Thinking, inspirations and references, brainstorming,
inclusion,
23. Sketching and presenting ideas, idea evaluation, double diamond
approach,
24. Analyze – four W’s, 5 why’s, “How Might We”, Defining the
problem using Ice-Cream Sticks,
25. Metaphor & Random Association Technique
26. Mind-Map, ideation activity games - six thinking hats, million-dollar
27. Fundamental concepts of critical thinking
28. The difference between critical and ordinary thinking
29. Characteristics of critical thinkers
30. Critical thinking skill slinking ideas
31. Structuring arguments
32. Recognizing incongruences
33. Five pillars of critical thinking
34. Argumentation versus rhetoric
35. Cognitive bias, tribalism, and politics
36. Case study on applying critical thinking on different scenarios.
37. The argument, claim, and statement,
38. Identifying premises and conclusion
39. Truth and logic conditions
40. Valid/invalid arguments, strong/weak arguments
41. Deductive argument, argument diagrams
42. Logical reasoning, scientific reasoning, logical fallacies,
propositional logic,
43. Probability, and judgment, obstacles to critical thinking
44. Group activity/role plays on evaluating arguments.
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech Semester- IV Year- 2


Name of Course Machine Design-1
Course Code ME 221
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite if any:
1. Strength of Material
2. Engineering Mechanics
Course Outcomes:
An ability to understand and formulate the component subjected to loads and identify
CO1
the failure criteria.
CO2 An ability to analyze the stresses and strains induced in a machine element.
CO3 An ability to design a machine component using theories of failure.
An ability to design pins joints, cotters, couplings and joints including riveted, bolted
CO4
and welded joints.
An ability to find the feasible solution (with creative aptitude) for a given problem with
CO5
the help of design phases.
CO6 An ability to use the standard data for designing the component.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction- Engineering Design and classification. Basic design procedure,
requirement of machine element, traditional design methods. Material selection on the
basis of material index. Concept of methods- preliminary design, conceptual design,
detailed design. Concurrent engineering, reverse engineering, and creative design.
Factor of safety. Concept of Machine Design: Types of loads. Simple Stress and Strain.
Unit 2. Fasteners- Types of fasteners. Types of rivet joints, rivet heads, terminology, caulking
and fullering, riveted joints (Lap and Butt). Design of welded joints: Types of welded
joints Strength of parallel and fillet weld, strength of a welded joint. Threaded joint-
Selection of standard threaded joint (Brackets) eccentric and offset loading.
Unit 3. Pin type joints- Standard pin type joints, Design Procedure on failure criteria and
empirical relation based- Knuckle and cotter.
Unit 4. Shaft- Design of shaft, Design of shaft couplings rigid, flange and protective type flange.
Design for power transmission and screws Effects of stress concentration in design.
Design of power screws- designing for various types of screw jacks, lead screw of lathe
machine and screw press. Computer aided design of at least one joint.
Unit 5. Springs- Design of springs: Helical springs, closed and open coiled tension,
compression springs and their ends, design of leaf springs.
List of Text Books:
11. Mechanical Engineering Design J.E. Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, TMH
12. Engineering Design G.E. Dieter
13. Machine Design Kulkarni, TMH
14. Design of Machine Elements V B Bhandari TMH
15. Machine Design R. L. Norton Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

List of Reference Books:


Mechanical Engineering Design: Siraj Ahmed (2014): PHI Learning Pvt.
1.
Principles and concepts, Ltd, ISBN-978-81-203-4931-5, New Delhi
David G. Ullman: ISBN 978–0–07–
2. The Mechanical Design Process.
297574–1 McGraw- Hill, Inc. N.Y.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105124/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
45. Introduction of subject, Simple stresses.
46. Concept of critical section of a part.
47. Brief discussion on combined stresses.
48. Material selection approaches and methods.
49. Material Selection method (Digital logic method).
50. Concept of preliminary design, conceptual design and detailed design.
51. Concept of concurrent engineering, reverse engineering, and creative
design. Creative techniques.
52. Simple Stress and Strain.
53. Introduction of fasteners, Types of Fasteners.
54. Design Procedure of knuckle joint (failure criteria and empirical relation).
55. Knuckle joint applied problems (failure criteria).
56. Knuckle joint applied problems (empirical relation).
57. Design Procedure of cotter joint (failure criteria and empirical relation).
58. Cotter joint applied problems (failure criteria).
59. Cotter joint applied problems (empirical relation).
60. Design Procedure of riveted joint.
61. Applied problems on riveted joint.
62. Design Procedure of welded joints.
63. Applied problems on welded joints.
64. Design Procedure of threaded joint (In plane).
65. Applied problems on threaded joint (In plane).
66. Design Procedure of threaded joint (offset).
67. Applied problems on threaded joint (offset).
68. Design of shaft based on combined stresses.
69. Applied problems on shaft.
70. Design of rigid/flange couplings.
71. Applied problems on rigid/flange couplings (non-protective).
72. Applied problems on flange couplings (non-protective).
73. Power screw and their types. Design of power screw.
74. Applied problems on Power screws.
75. Design of power screw (stresses on power screw).
76. Applied problems on Power screws.
77. Design of springs (Stress and deflection equation based).
78. Materials and material selection for springs.
79. Applied problems on static and impact load.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

80. Applied problems on static and impact load.


81. Design of spring against fluctuating load.
82. Applied problems on fluctuating load
83. Design of leaf spring.
84. Applied problems on leaf spring.
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program UG Semester- IV Year-II

Name of Course MECHANICS OF MACHINES


Course Code ME 222
Core / Elective / Other CORE
Prerequisite if any:
1.
Course Outcomes:
1. Ability to synthesis and analysis of displacement, velocity and acceleration of the individual
part involved in a mechanism.
2. One can understand the functioning and application of mechanism and its inversions
involved in the machinery.
3. Able to understand the actual mechanism involved in the machinery along with different
dynamic forces acting on various parts of the machinery.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Kinematics: Types of Plane Motion, Links, Pairs, Kinematics of Chains, Mechanism and
Machines, Constraints and Degree of Freedom, Gruber’s Equation, Transmission Angle,
Inversion of Four Bar, Slider Crank and Double-Slider Crank Chain, Concept of Degree Of
Freedom (DOF), Movability Criterion.
Unit 2. Motion Analysis: Absolute and Relative Motion, Kinematics Quantities and their
Relationship:Vector Diagrams, D’Alembert’s Principle, Instantaneous Centers and
Kennedy’s Theorem, Velocity andAcceleration Analysis, Velocity and Acceleration of
Reciprocating Parts Specially Piston, Connecting Rod and Crankshaft. Dynamic Force
Analysis of Engine Parts, Dynamic Force Analysis of Four Link Mechanism, Single Slider
Mechanism, Computer Aided Analysis of Mechanisms.
Unit 3. Power Transmission Devices 1:
Clutch Drives: Single Plate clutch, Multi plate clutch, Cone Clutch and Centrifugal clutch.
Belt Drives: Types, Materials, Ratio of Friction Tensions, centrifugal effect on belt,
maximum power transmission by a belt.
Chain drives: Basics and Classification of Chain Drives.
Brakes: Type of Brake Drives, Types of Dynamometers..
Unit 4. Power Transmission Devices 2:
Gear drives: Fundamental Law of Gearing, Classification and Terminology, Geometry and
Kinematics considerations of various Tooth Profiles, Advantages and Limitations of
Cycloidal Profile over Involute Profile, AGMA Considerations, Length of Path of contact,
Arc of contact and contact Ratio, Concept of Interference and Undercutting, Virtual
Number of Teeth in a helical Gears, Force Analysis and Efficiency of Spiral Gears, Gear
Trains
Unit 5. Concept of Exact Function Mechanism: Basics of Cam and Followers, Terminology and
Classification of Cam and Follower, Types of Motion Curve and Layout of Cam Profiles,
Profile for different Followers, Motions of Follower
Unit 6 Gyroscope: Gyroscopic Couple in a Plane Disc, Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Aero-
plane, Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Navel Ships, Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Two
Wheelers, Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Four Wheeler.
List of Text Books:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Theory of Machines by SS Rattan (5th edition)


2. Mechanism and machine theory by J S Rao V Dukkipati
3. Theory of machine by R S Khurmi and J K Gupta (Latest edition)
List of Reference Books:
1. Theory of machines by Thomas Bevan
2. Theory Of Machines and Mechanisms by J E Singley etc
3. Theory Of Machine And Mechanisms by Gordon R. Pennock & Joseph E. Shigley John J.
Uicker
URLs:
1. https://wifigyan.com/ss-rattan-tom-theory-of-machines-book/
2. https://www.academia.edu/35666026/THEORY_OF_MACHINES_AND_MECHANISMS_Third_
Edition
3. https://www.amazon.in/Theory-Machine-Mechanisms-Pennock-Shigley/dp/0199454167
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Concept of Kinematics Kinetics Statics and Dynamics.

2. Kinematics Types of Plane Motion,


3 Kinematic Links, Kinematic Pairs and its Classification
4 Kinematics of Chains, Types of Chains
5 Mechanism, Machines and Structure
6 Constraints and Concept of Degree Of Freedom (DOF),
Movability Criterion
7 Kutchbatch Criteria, Gruber’s Equation and Problems
8 Transmission Angle and Problems
9 Equivalent Mechanism, Four Bar Chain
10 Inversion of Four Bar chain
11 Inversion of Single Slider Crank Chain
12 Inversion of Double-Slider Crank Chain
13 Problems on Inversions
14 Motion Analysis: Absolute and Relative Motion,
Kinematics Quantities and their Relationship:Vector
Diagrams
15 Instantaneous Centers and Kennedy’s Theorem, Velocity
andAcceleration Analysis, D’Alembert’s Principle
17 Problems
18 Velocity and Acceleration of Reciprocating Parts
19 Velocity and Acceleration of Reciprocating Parts Piston
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft.
20 Problems
21 Dynamic Force Analysis of Engine Parts
22 Dynamic Force Analysis of Four Link Mechanism
23 Dynamic Force Analysis of Single Slider Mechanism
24 Computer Aided Analysis of Mechanisms
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

25 Power Transmission Devices 1


26 Belt Drives: Types, Materials
27 Ratio of Friction Tensions, centrifugal effect on belt,
maximum power transmission by a belt.

28 Problems

29 Clutch Drives: Single Plate clutch, Multi plate clutch


30 Cone Clutch and Centrifugal clutch.
31 Brakes: Type of Brake Drives
32 Problems
33 Types of Dynamometers
34 Chain drives: Basics and Classification of Chain Drives.
35 Power Transmission Devices 2: Gear drives, Fundamental
Law of Gearing, Classification and Terminology
36 Geometry and Kinematics considerations of various Tooth
Profiles
37 Advantages and Limitations of Cycloidal Profile over
Involute Profile, AGMA Considerations
38 Length of Path of contact, Arc of contact and contact Ratio,
39 Concept of Interference and Undercutting
40 Problems
41 Problems
42 Virtual Number of Teeth in a helical Gears in a Force
Analysis and Efficiency of Spiral and Helical Gears.
42 Virtual Number of Teeth in a helical Gears
44 Force Analysis and Efficiency of Spiral Gears
45 Problems
46 Gear Trains
47 Problems
48 Concept of Exact Function Mechanism: Basics of Cam and
Followers
49 Terminology and Classification of Cam and Follower, Types
of Motion Curve in and Layout of Cam Profiles
50 Profile for different Followers, Motion Of Follower
51 Problems
51 Problems
53 Gyroscope: Gyroscopic Couple in a Plane Disc
54 Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Aero-plane,
55 Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Navel Ships
56 Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Two Wheelers
58 Effect of Gyroscopic couple in a Four Wheelers
59 Problems
60 Problems
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech (Mechanical Semester-IV Year-II


Engineering)
Name of Course Manufacturing Processes-1
Course Code ME 223
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite if any:
1. Basic Mechanical Engineering
2. Materials Engineering
Course Outcomes:
1. Students shall be able to understand the foundry processes used to produce defect free
ferrous/non ferrous castings in industries.
2. Students shall be able to understand the basics of machining, conventional machine tools,
cutting tools, machining operations/parameters etc. to produce
jobs at tool room/workshop.
3. Students shall be able to understand the basics of metals joining and forming processes.
4. Students shall be aware on principles/applications of latest/advance
manufacturing processes viz; powder metallurgy and additivemanufacturing
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Foundry: Introduction/objectives & flow diagram/layout of foundry shops/processes.
Melting shop; furnaces operation & uses. Pattern shop; types, allowances, design,
preparation. Core shop; types, design, preparation. Moulding shop; Materials,
machines/equipments, molding methods, design consideration & calculations. Casting
shop; types of processes, applications, casting defects & their causes with remedies.
Unit 2. Introduction to theory of machining, Conventional basic machine tools; Lathe, Drilling,
Shaper & Planer machines – Purpose/application, types, specifications,
construction/working, accessories/attachments, cutting tools with their
materials/properties & geometry, machining operations,
operating/cutting parameters/machining time with their calculations.
Unit 3. Introduction to Joining processes. Fusion & non fusion welding processes; Types,
principles/metal transfer/heat source, applications, Numerical problems. Basic concept
on high energy density welding processes. Weld ability, Welding defects and their causes
withremedies.
Unit 4. Powder metallurgy – Introduction, powders production, powder characteristics,
compaction and sintering.
Unit 5. Plastic deformation and yield criteria. Metal forming operations; hot-cold- warm
working processes. Material behavior in metal forming processes. Classification of metal
forming processes & their descriptions, applications.
Unit 6. Need for additive manufacturing (AM)/3D Printing (3DP)/Rapid Prototyping (RP),
Background, Types of AM materials, Liquid, solid and powder based AM technologies,
Steps of AM, Benefits of AM: manufacturing, medical and socio- cultural sectors.

List of Text Books:


1. M. P. Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and
Systems, Third edition. Wiley India Private Limited, 2009.
2. S. Kalpakjian, Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials, Fifth edition.
Pearson Education, 2009
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. Manufacturing Technology- foundry, forming & welding by P.N.Rao, McGraw


HillPublication, 2018
List of Reference Books:
1. Geoffrey Boothroyd and Winston A. Knight, Fundamentals of Metal Machining and
Machine Tools, 3 edition, CRC Press, 2005
2. Amitabha Ghosh and Mallick A. K., Manufacturing Science. Affiliated East-West
Press Pvt. Ltd. 2010.
3. John A. Schey, Introduction to Manufacturing Processes, 3 edition, McGraw Hill
Education, 2012
4. G. K. Lal and S. K. Choudhury, Fundamentals of Manufacturing Process, 2009.
Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press, 2011.
5. Chua, C.K. and Leong, K.F., Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications in
manufacturing, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1997
URLs:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107144/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105127/1
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107145/
Lecture Plan (4 credit, 50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topics- Unit 1 to 3
No.
1 Foundry,.
2 Melting Furnaces.
3 Patterns, Cores.
4 Solidification
5 Moulding
6 Riser and gating design
7 Casting methods
8 Defects & remedies
9 Mechanics of machining
10 Types of Lathe, its principle of working.
11 Lathe construction/accessories, Specifications, Operations.
12 Single point cutting tools.
13 Materials, geometry.
14 Drilling machine
15 Twist drills
16 Operations
17 Shaping and Planers- Introduction

18 Working principle and details of shaper and planers.


19 Numerical problems based on operating parametersetc.
20 Arc Welding
21 Gas Welding
22 TIG- MIG welding
23 Introduction to Resistance Welding
24 Details of resistance welding
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

25 Numerical problems associated with fusion weldings.


26 Weldability of metals
27 Welding defects and remedies.
28 Powder metallurgy – Characteristics
29 Production of powders.
30 Compaction-Introduction
31 Application in industries
32 Sintering-Introduction and processing
33 Plastic deformation and yield criteria.
34 Cold and Hot working of metals.
35 Forging, Rolling.
36 Extrusion
37 Drawing
38 Bending
39 Press; Working and Operations,
40 Press Capacity.
41 Need for Additive Manufacturing/3D Printing/Rapid Prototyping,
Background.
42 Types of AM materials.
43 Types of AM materials.
44 Liquid, solid and powder based AM technologies.
45 Liquid, solid and powder based AM technologies.
46 Steps of AM.
47 Benefits of AM: manufacturing.
48 Medical and socio-cultural sectors.

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech. Semester - IV Year – II

Name of Course Industrial Engineering and Operations Research


Course Code ME 224
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. To enable students to understand various Industrial Engineering and Operations Research
Techniques
2. To formulate and solve real world problems as mathematical models
3. To design methods to improve productivity and predict behavior of engineering systems.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Definition of Industrial Engineering, Relevance of Productivity in Industrial Engineering, Work
content, Definition, productivity and work content, environmental conditions and work content,
techniques to increase work content, Work study, method study, purpose, and work measurement,
purpose, wage incentives, criteria etc.
Unit 2. Method study steps, recording techniques, analysis methods, principles of motion economy, etc.,
work measurement techniques, work sampling, sample size calculations, estimation of time, time
study, definition of qualified worker, rating, standard time calculations etc.,
Unit 3. Definition and Scope of Operations Research, Problem Formulation and Model Construction.
Linear Programming: Concept of optimality, graphical solution, Simplex Method, Duality,
Sensitivity Analysis, Degeneracy.
Unit 4. Transportation and Assignment model: Transportation and Assignment Problems as special
cases of Linear Programming, balanced and unbalanced Transportation Problem, Assignment
Problems.
Unit 5. Inventory System: Definition, structure of inventory system, EOQ, Inventory Built up Model,
Price Discounting Model, Shortage Model. Sequencing Model and Johnson’s Rule. Waiting Line
Model – Single Chanel System.
Unit 6 Theory of Games – Two Persons Zero Sum Game, Games with Pure and Mixed Strategy,
Simulation Model-Monte-Carlo Simulation. Introduction to Non Linear Programming and
Genetic Algorithm.
List of Text Books:
1. Introduction to Work Study by International Labour Organization, Geneva, 1003
2. Motion & Time Study, Design & Measurement of Work by Ralph M. Barnes; Wiley, 1980
3. Operations Research by Ravindran and Phillip; Wiley publication, 2007
4. Operations Management by Russel& Taylor; Wiley, 2008
5. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N D Vohra; McGraw Hill Education, 2006
6. Operations Research by Heera& Gupta, S Chand Publications, 2012
List of Reference Books:
1. Operations Research: An Introduction, by Hamdy A. Taha, Prentice-Hall, New York, 1999
2. Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms, Winston, W. L.Duxbury Press, Belmont, 1995
3. Introduction to Operations Research, by Frederick S. Hillier and Gerald J. Lieberman, Tata
McGraw Hill, New York, 2012
URLs:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107249/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106134/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1. Introduction to Industrial Engineering /History and development of
I.E.Productivity Concepts and Different Measures of Productivity
2. Work Content / Measure of Work Content / Ways to improve Productivity
3. Work Study: Approach and Methods / Human Factor in Work Study
4. Method study: objectives, generic procedure in various charts
5. Operations Process Chart, Flow process Charts
6. Diagrams – String Diagram, Flow Diagram, Travel Chart
7. Tutorial class for practice on charts/diagrams
8. Principles of Motion Economy, Two Handed Chart
9. Therbligs, Use of photographic techniques etc, Summary of Method Study
10. Work measurement, purpose, basic procedure, Work sampling
11. Various Techniques - PMTS, Time Study, Rating
12. Wage Incentives, Measured days work and wage incentives
13. Tutorial class for standard time calculations (W.S & T.S)
14. MINI TEST
15. Introduction of Operations Research and Applications of OR
16. Linear Programming: Formulation Linear Programming, Graphical Method,
17. Linear Programming: Graphical method Special Cases
18. Simplex Method – Algorithm
19. Simplex Method – Maximization Case & Minimization Cases
20. Tutorial class for Simplex method
21. Duality & Sensitivity Analysis
22. Transportation Problem – As a special case of LPP / Formulation
23. Transportation Problem – Methods for Initial basic feasible solution
Transportation Problem – Methods for Optimum Solution
24. Tutorial class
25. Assignment Problems – As a special case of Transportation Problem
26. Hungarian Assignment Model, Special Cases.
27. Tutorial class
28. Inventory System: Definition, Structure of Inventory System.
29. EOQ models, their variations, etc.
30. Production run model, Quantity discount model
31. Inventory Model with deliberate shortages allowed
32. Johnson’s Rule and Introduction to Sequencing Model
33. Sequencing Model with One Machine - n job, Two Machines - n job
34. Sequencing Model with Three Machine - n jobs
35. Tutorial class for Inventory and sequencing
36. Introduction to probability theory, Queuing Theory: Introduction, Operating
Characteristics
37. Poisson arrivals and exponential service time for single channel system
38. Queuing Theory: Single Server Model ,Multiple Server Models
39. Game Theory: Introduction and Terminology associated
40. Two Person Zero Sum Games : Pure Strategy Games and Saddle Point
41. Rule of Dominance, Mixed Strategy Games
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

42. M x 2 and 2 x N Games using Graphical Method


43. Tutorial class for Game theory
44. Introduction to Simulation, Applications of simulation in industry
45. Monte Carlo Simulation Models
46. Tutorial class
47. Introduction to non-linear programming
48. Introduction to genetic algorithms and applications in engineering optimization
49. Case Study on Simulation
50. Summary of I.E and O.R.

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program UG Semester IV Year II

Name of Course Mechanisms of Machines Lab

Course Code ME 225

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. Ability to synthesis and analysis of displacement, velocity and acceleration of the
individual part involved in a mechanism.
2. One can understand the functioning and application of mechanism and its inversions
involved in the machinery.
3. Able to understand the actual mechanism involved in the machinery along with different
dynamic forces acting on various parts of the machinery.
List of Experiments
SNO Name of Experiments
1 To find the speed at which jump phenomenon occurs in the Cam Follower System

2 Verification of Gyroscopic couple formula

3 To obtain the Static and Dynamic Balancing on the experimental apparatus

4 To determine the whiling speed of shaft

5 Measure the logarithmic decrement of a one degree of freedom mass spring damper
system for various damping medium, air, water and oil
6 Investigate the forced harmonic response of a single degree of freedom under damped
system to changing mass spring stiffness and damping.
7 Measure the logarithmic decrement of a one degree of freedom mass spring damper
system for various damping medium, air, water and oil
8 Study of Four bar mechanism with different Inversions.
9 To study the governors and to obtain controlling force curve of Watt, Porter, Proell
and spring controlled governors
10 Study of different Clutches
11 Study of Brakes and Dynamometers

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B. Tech(Mechanical
Name of Program Semester-IV Year-II
Engineering)
Name of Course Manufacturing Techniques Laboratory-1
Course Code ME-226
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite if any:
1. Basics of manufacturing processes
2. Subject Knowledge of Manufacturing processes
Course Outcomes:
1. To impart hands-on practical exposure on manufacturing processes and equipment.
2. To make student familiar with the different welding processes.
At the end of the lab learn preparation of various jobs using various manufacturing
3.
process like drilling, grinding and lathe.
The student will be trained to implement similar features in preparation of jobs can
4.
be extended to implement in the preparation of complicated jobs
Description of Contents in brief:
Principal parts of tool, tool geometry, Demonstration on lathe machine: Various parts
Exp 1.
and its functions, job & tool holding procedure, operational aspects etc.,
Simple jobs on center lathe involving plain turning, step turning, taper turning and
Exp 2.
facing.
Exp 3. Practice in shaping machine, drilling machine and grinding machine.
Different types of lathe operations. Calculations of cutting speed, material removal
Exp 4.
rate and machining time for lathe, drill and shaping machines.
Exp 5. Preparation of job by Spot welding.

List of Text Books:


1. ASM Handbook Machining, 2002
2. Introduction to Manufacturing processes. Mikell Groover, Wiley, 2011
3. DeGarmo’s Materials and Processes in Manufacturing J.T. Black, Wiley, 2011
List of Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Engineering &Technology Srope Kalpakijan Prentice Hall, 2009
2. Manufacturing Science Amitabha Ghosh, Pearson, 1985
A Textbook of Manufacturing Technology: Manufacturing Processes R.K. Rajput,
3.
2007
4. Introduction to Manufacturing processes. John A Schey, McGraw Hill, 2007
URLs:
1. http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents
2. https://swayam.gov.in
Evaluation Criteria:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech Semester V Year III


Name of Course Engineering Management
Course Code ME 351
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite if any:
1. None
Course Outcomes:Students shall develop
1. Understanding the relevance and importance of Management Practices for Engineers.
2. Knowledge and Practices on the interdisciplinary course content that combines an
engineering focus with core business and management knowledge.
3. Ability to understand various methods of analysis and decision making related to
operations, human resources, finances and marketing management.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Principles/Functions of Management, Measure of Productivity and ways to enhance
Productivity. Management challenges for Engineers.
Unit 2. Operations Management and its scope, Production Systems, Facility Location, Facility
Planning & Plant Layouts.
Unit 3. Industrial Design, Product Design, Product / Project Life Cycle, Quality Control and
Quality Management, Forecasting Methods, Introduction to Supply Chain Management.
Unit 4. Material Management – Purchasing, Inventory & JIT Systems, Material Resource
Planning, Scheduling, Project Management, PERT and CPM, Project Crashing.
Unit 5. Introduction to Financial Management, Financial Statements and Analysis, Operations
Decision making - Break Even Analysis & Decision Trees
Unit 6 Fundamentals of Marketing Management, Organizational Behavior and Leadership,
Strategic Management, Statutory and Legal Issues.
List of Text Books:
1. Modern production/operations management by Buffa: Wiley India, 2007
2. Marketing Management by Kotler; PHI, 2015
3. Operations Management and Supply Chain Management by Russel& Taylor;
Wiley,2016
List of Reference Books:
1. Handbook of Industrial Engineering: Technology and Operations Management by
GavrielSalvendy; Wiley publication, 2001
2. Operations management by Krajewski; pearson, 2016
3. Industrial Engineering by Shankar Ravi; Galgotia Publication, 2000
4. Financial Management by I M Pandey; Vikas, 2015
5. Strategic Management by Pearce, Robinson and Mital; McGraw Hill Education, 2018
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107238/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107144/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1. Introduction to the course and its scope
2. Principles and Functions of Management
3. Principles and Functions of Management
4. Productivity and its Measures
5. Productivity and its Measures
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

6. Ways to enhance Productivity


7. Management Challenges for Engineers
8. Operations Management and Its Scope
9. Production Systems
10. Plant Location and Site Selection – An Introduction
11. Factors affecting Plant Location
12. Plant Layout, Types and characteristics of a good plant layout
13. Procedure and Methods of Plant Layout
14. Procedure and Methods of Plant Layout
15. Factors affecting Plant Layout
16. Installation and evaluation of Plant Layout
17. Industrial Design& Morphology of Design
18. Product Life Cycle
19. Product Design and Approaches to Product Design
20. Product Design and Approaches to Product Design
21. Product Design and Approaches to Product Design
22. Introduction to Forecasting Methods
23. Forecasting Models
24. Quality Control and Quality Management– Introduction
25. Quality Circle and Total Quality Management
26. Supply Chain Management
27. Characteristics of Supply Chain Management
28. Application of SCM
29. Material Management – Purchasing
30. Inventory Models
31. Inventory Models
32. JIT Systems
33. Material Resource Planning
34. Introduction to Project Management–
Planning, Scheduling & Controlling
35. CPM
36. PERT
37. Project Crashing
38. Financial management – Introduction & Its interface with other
functions of Management
39. Financial Planning, Estimation of Financial Requirements of a
Project
40. Working Capital Management
41. Break Even Analysis, Risk Analysis and Decision Trees
42. Concept and Functions of Marketing Management
43. Marketing Process – Marketing Mix
44. Marketing Environment and Marketing Research
45. Consumer & Business Buyer Behavior
46. Segmentation & Targeting
47. Distribution and Pricing
48. Organizational Behavior and Leadership
49. Organizational Behavior and LeadershipContd
50. Strategic Management
51. Statutory and Legal Issues.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech. Semester: V Year: III


Name of Course Machine Design 2
Course Code ME 311
Core/Elective/Other Core
Prerequisite:
1. Kinematics of Machines
2. Strength of Material
3. Dynamics of Machine
Course Outcomes
1. Enables to apply the concept of fatigue in the design of different mechanical components
2. Enables to design and select of spur, helical, bevel and worm gears in different
machinery
3. Enables to design and select of lubrication bearing for machines using charts and tables
4. Enables to gain basic understanding of Creep, Centrifugal pump and Gear box in
mechanical engineering design
Description of Contents in brief
1. Fatigue - Importance in Engineering design, concept of fatigue, fatigue strength and
endurance limit, stress concentration, Goodman and modified Goodman diagram,
Soderberg Gerber hypotheses, effect of loading type, size, surface finish, notch, surface
treatment, and corrosion, cumulative fatigue damage, applied problems.
2. Gears - Design consideration, Hertzian stresses, design load, beam strength, surface
strength, design procedure for helical and spur gears, design calculation for bevel and worm
gears.
3. Creep- Temperature considerations in design, designing for creep, thermal stresses, applied
problems.
4. Bearing- Classification, design of hydrodynamic bearings, selection of ball and roller
bearings.
5. Design of the Rotating Machines e.g. Centrifugal Pump, Gear Box. Introduction to various
advanced CAD software’s.
List of Text Books
1. Shigley (2014). Mechanical Engineering Design:10/e, McGraw-Hill Education,
ISBN:10: 9780073398204 New Delhi.
2. George Dieter, Linda Schmidt (2009): Engineering Design:, McGraw-Hill Education,
ISBN 0072837039,the University of Michigan.
3. G.M.Maitra and L.V. Prasad (2009): Handbook of Mechanical Design, McGraw-Hill
Education, ISBN:978-0-07-460238-6, New Delhi.
4. Robert L. Norton (2009): Machine Desgn:, Pearson Education, ISBN:978-81-317-0533-
9, New Delhi.
5. Allen S. Hall, Alfred R. Holowenko, and Henman G. Laughlin. Machine Design.
Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems, Tata Mcgraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited,ISBN: 9780070634589; 0070634580 New Delhi.
List of Reference Books
1. Siraj Ahmed (2014): Mechanical Engineering Design: Principles and concepts, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd, ISBN-978-81-203-4931-5, New Delhi
2. David G. Ullman: The Mechanical Design Process. ISBN 978–0–07–297574–1McGraw-
Hill, Inc. N.Y.
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures)
Lecture Details
No.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Importance of Fatigue in engineering design, Concept of fatigue


2. Stress concentration, Stress concentration factors, Reduction of stress
concentration
3. Tutorial problems, Introduction to fatigue testing machine
4. SN Diagram, Endurance limit estimation, Notch sensitivity
5. Tutorial problems
6. Miner’s equation, Tutorial problems
7. Introduction Soderberg, Goodman, Gerber and Modified Goodman diagram
8. Tutorial problems
9. Introduction to gears, classification
10 Gear terminology, Force analysis
11. Lewis equation, Spur gear design procedure
12. Spur gear design consideration factors, wear strength
13. Tutorial problems
14. Tutorial problems
15. Gear tooth failures and lubrication
16. Introduction to helical gears, force analysis, Helix angle
17. Beam and wear strength of helical gears
18. Tutorial problems
19. Design of bevel gears
20. Tutorial problems
21. Design of worm gears
22. Tutorial problems
23. Introduction to creep and its importance in engineering design, Consideration
of temperature in design
24. Designing for creep, thermal stresses
25. Tutorial problems
26. Bearings, classification
27. Introduction to sliding contact bearings, types of lubrication
28. Viscosity measurement, Petroff’s equation
29. McKee’s Investigation, Design of sliding contact bearing using Raimondi and
Boyd Charts and Graphs
30. Tutorial problems
31. Bearing materials, failures
32. Tutorial problems
33. Introduction to rolling contact bearings and its comparison with sliding contact
bearings
34. Static and dynamic load carrying capacity, Design of rolling bearing from chart
35. Tutorial problems
36. Design of rolling bearings against cyclic loads, consideration of reliability
37. Tutorial problems
38. Bearing failures and lubrications
39. Introduction to centrifugal pump, classification, blades
40. Design of centrifugal pumps
41. Tutorial problem
42. Design of gear box
43. Design of gear box
44 Design of gear box
45 Design of gear box
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

46. Tutorial problems


47. Tutorial problems
48. Introduction to various advanced CAD software’s

*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester: V Year: III


Name of Course I.C. Engines and Gas Turbines
Course Code ME 312
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite if any:
1. ME2305 Engineering Thermodynamics
2. CE2405 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to understand working principles of Sark Ignition (SI) & Compression Ignition (CI)
engines and its performance parameters.
2. Able to understand different fuels, emissions, alternative fuels and fuel systems in SI and
CI engine
3. Able to understand combustion process in spark ignition and compression ignition engine
and advancements
4 Able to understand supercharging, turbo charging and its effect on engine performance
5 Understand working of advancements in hybrid technologies and gas turbines.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction to IC engines: Introduction to I.C Engine-Classification-Components-
Air standard cycles, characteristics of fuel air mixtures, variation of specific heats-
Actual cycles, actual processes taking place in engines-Importance of Port, Valve timing
diagram.
Unit 2. Fundamentals Testing characteristics studies of SI and CI engines with variable speed,
load, firing order, engine operating temperature variation on different fuels.
Unit 3. Ignition systems Combustion in S.I. Engine and C.I. Engines: Stages of combustion in
S.I. Engine, Detonation, knocking, Control of detonation. Stages of combustion in C.I.
Engines, delay period, factors Various systems of I.C. Engine, Lubrication system,
function of lubricating system. Cooling system etc. Testing and performance on variable
parameters, fuel, emission etc.
Unit 4. Carburetion and fuel injection: Requirements of a good 61 arburettor, simple
61 arburettor, complete 61 arburettor, Calculation of air-fuel ratio for a simple
61arburettor. Electronic fuel injection in S.I. engine. Requirements of diesel injection
system, types of injection systems, fuel pumps. MPFI, CRDI-e and hybrid engines.
Unit 5. Gas Turbines: Brayton cycle Components of a gas turbine plant open and closed types
of gas turbine plants Optimum pressure ratio Improvements of the basic gas turbine
cycle multi stage compression with inter-cooling multi stage expansion with reheating
between stages exhaust gas heat exchanger, Applications of gas turbines. Problems.
List of Text Books:
1. V. Ganesan. Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004
2. John B. Heywood. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Mc Graw Hill Education,
2017
3. H.N. Gupta. Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines, Prentice Hall of India Private
Limited, 2006
4. M.L. Mathur, R.P. Sharma. Internal Combustion Engines, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2014
5. V. Ganesan, Gas Turbines, TMH Publishers
List of Reference Books:
1. Richard Stone. Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines, Macmillan International
Higher Education, 2012
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. Richard Van Basshuysen, Fred Schaefer. Internal Combustion Engine Handbook, SAE
International, 2016
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104033/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103262/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1-2 IC engines working and classification
3-4 Mechanical cycle and thermodynamic cycle
5-6 Air standard cycles-Diesel, Otto and Dual cycles
7-8 Differences between 2-S and 4- S cycle engines, differences between
SI and CI engines
9-10 S.I. and C.I. Engine operating parameters and performance
characteristics
11-12 Numerical problems on engine performance
13 Fuels for SI and CI engine
14-15 Engine emissions, mechanism of formation of pollutants
16-17 Factors affecting pollutant formation
18 Emission norms
19-20 Need for alternate fuels, use of various alternate fuels in IC engines
21 Theory of carburetion
22 Mixture requirements
23 SI engine fuel injection systems
24-25 CI engine fuel injection systems
26-37 Characteristics of a good combustion chamber-classification of
combustion chambers
28-29 Combustion in SI Engines, flame propagation
30-31 Normal and abnormal combustion
32-33 Factors affecting combustion, detonation
34 Combustion in C.I. Engines
35-36 Abnormal combustion in CI engines
37-38 Ignition delay, factors affecting delay.
39-40 Need of supercharging and advantages
41 Supercharging types and classification, configurations of
supercharging
42 Supercharging and turbo charging in engines
43-44 Supercharged engine cycle analysis
45 Rotary combustion I.C. engine
46 Stratified charge engine, principle of working and salient features
47-48 Working principle of Stirling engine, types of Stirling engine.

*Min 48 (for four credit course)


MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program BTech (Mech) Semester - V Year- III

Name of Course Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machine


Course Code CE 333
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite:
1. Engineering Mathematics
2. Fundamentals of Physics
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to understand the basic concept of fluid mechanics
2. Apply conservation laws to derive flow equations for different flow problems
3. Able to calculate major and minor losses associated with real engineering piping
problems.
4. Predict the boundary layer thickness and other boundary layer properties.
5. Understood the effect of friction and heat transfer on compressible flows.
Description of Contents in brief:

1. Introduction and basic concepts: definition of fluid, continuum concept, stress field,
viscosity, Newtonian vs non-Newtonian fluids, vapor pressure & cavitation, surface tension,
slip and no slip condition.
Pressure and fluid statics: pressure definition, Pascal’s law, pressure variation with height
(hydrostatic equation), absolute and gage pressure, pressure measurement devices,
hydrostatic force on a plane surface, curved surfaces (tutorial), pressure distribution in rigid
body motion, buoyancy and stability.
2. Fluid kinematics: velocity and acceleration field, Eulerian and Lagrangian approaches,
material derivative, streamlines, pathlines, streak lines, deformation of fluid elements,
vorticity and rotationality, Reynolds transport theorem, Bernoulli equation.
Dimensional analysis and similarity, Buckingham’s Pi theorem, non-dimensional
numbers and their applications.
3. Fluid Equations: Integral Approach; Control volume and control surface, conservation of
mass, linear momentum, angular momentum, energy equation, moving control volume.
Differential approach; Fluid element kinematics, mass conservation in Cartesian and
cylindrical coordinates, streamfunction, conservation of linear momentum, Euler’s equation,
Navier Stokes equation, basics ofpotential flows, exact solution of N-S equations.
4. Fluid Flows: Internal flows; Fluid flow in pipes; Entrance and developed flow, hydrodynamic
developed length, viscous effects in pipes, laminarand turbulent regions, head loss, friction
factor, Darcy-Weisbach equation, laminar fullydeveloped pipe flow, turbulence modeling,
turbulent flow in pipes, flow in non circular ducts,minor losses (bends, fittings valves etc.),
External flows; Fluid flow over bodies; Basics of external flows, Lift and drag concept,
boundary layer concept, displacement thickness,momentum thickness, momentum integral
estimates, boundary layer equations, Blasius solutionfor flat plates, laminar and turbulent
flow over flat plate, effects of pressure gradient.
5. Basic equations for 1-D compressible flow, isentropic flow of an ideal gas, subsonic flow,
sonic and supersonic flows, isentropic flow in a converging nozzle, normal shocks, basic
equation of normal shock.

List of Text Books:


1. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Robert W. Fox, Philip J. Pritchard, Alan T. McDonald.
Wiley IndiaEdition. (Wiley Student Edition Seventh 2011)
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. Fluid Mechanics, Munson, Oshiki, Huebsch and Rothmayer, Wiley.


3. Yungus A. Cengel, John Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics Fundamental and
applications,TataMcGraw-Hill Education.
List of Reference Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics: Frank M. White, McGraw Hill.
2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and FluidMachines, S. K. Som, GautamBiswas, Suman
Chakraborty, Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
3. An introduction to Fluid dynamics, G K Batchelor, Foundation Books.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104118/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105269/
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fa0zHI6nLUo&list=PLbMVogVj5nJTZJHsH6uLCO00I-
ffGyBEm
Lecture Topic No. of
No. Lectures
1 Introduction to fluid mechanics and its application 1
2 Continuum, density and specific gravity 1
3 Concept of viscosity, Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids 1
4 Concept of cavitation, surface tension, compressibility 1
5 Pressure at point and its variation with depth 1
Pressure measurement devices
6 Introduction to fluid statics and hydrostatics forces on submerged plane 1
surfaces
7 Hydrostatics forces on submerged curved surfaces 1
8 Buoyancy and stability 1
9 Fluid in rigid body motion 1
10 Numerical of fluid statics and stability
11 Acceleration field and material derivative 1
12 Lagrangian and Eulerian approaches 1
13 Introduction of pathlines, streaklines, stream tube and time lines 1
14 Deformation of fluid elements, vorticity and rotationality 1
15 Introduction Reynolds transport theorem 1
16 Bernoulli equation and its derivations 1
17 Dimensional analysis and Buckingham’s Pi theorem 1
18 Non-dimensional numbers and their applications. 1
19 Control volume and forces acting on them 1
20 Linear momentum equation in integral form and its special cases 1
21 Angular momentum, energy equation
22 Differential approach of Fluid element kinematics 1
23 Mass conservation in Cartesian and cylindrical coordinates 1
24 Stream function, conservation of linear momentum, 1
25 Euler’s equation, Navier Stokes equation 1
26 Basics of potential flows and exact solution of N-S equations
27 1
28 Laminar and turbulent flow 1
29 Entrance and entry length 1
31 Viscous effects in pipes, laminarand turbulent regions 1
32 Darcy-Weisbach equation 1
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

33 Fullydeveloped laminar pipe flow 1


34 Turbulent flow in pipes and its velocity profile 1
35 Minor losses 1
36 Basics of external flows, lift and drag concept 1
37 Flow separation
38 Boundary layer concept and boundary layer equations 1
39 Calculation of displacement thickness and momentum thickness
40 Blasius solution for flat plates, laminar and turbulent flow over flat plate, 1
effects of pressure gradient
41 Numerical on boundary layer theory 1
42 Introduction to the 1-D compressible flow 1
43 Isentropic flow of an ideal gas 1
44 Subsonic flow, sonic andsupersonic flows
45 Isentropic flow in a converging nozzle 1
46 Shock wave and expansion waves 1
47 Introduction to oblique and Prandtl-Meyer expansion waves 1
48 Numerical on compressible flow 1
Total No. of lectures 48

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program: U.G./ B. tech Semester: 5th Year: 3nd


Name of Course: Electrical Machines

Course Code: EE332

Core/Elective/other: Core

Prerequisite:- Fundamentals of basic electrical and electronics

Course Outcome: after going through this course, students will get knowledge on

1 Single phase and Three phase Circuit

2 single phase transformer and Three phase transformer

3 Fundamental knowledge of electronic devices and their applications

4 Special machines like stepper, BLDC machines , Induction Motor, Power Electronics

Description of Contents in brief: -,

Unit 1 Polyphase systems: measurement of 3-phase power for balanced and unbalanced
loads. Single phase transformer: - construction, phasor diagram, equivalent circuit,
losses, V.R. , efficiency, all day efficiency,
Unit 2 Three phase transformers- construction with 3 single phase and 3 phase connections
– Scott Connection – Phasing of transformer– parallel operation of three phase
transformers–tap changing transformers- tertiary winding., application
Unit 3 Induction motor construction, equivalent circuit, torque equation and torque- slip
characteristics, speed control. Classification, working and various characteristics for
selection and applications of industrial motors, thyrister and their characteristics
Unit 4 Basic chopper:- working principle , types, characteristics advantage disadvantages
application
Unit 5 Rectifier:- Introduction to SCR and Thyristor family, I-V Characteristics of self
Commutated Self commutated switches such as MOSFET, IGBT etc., Basic concepts
of firing and control circuit, gate/base drive circuits

Unit 6 Inverter :- introduction to inverter circuit, topologies, operations waveform analysis


and applications, Special machine:-Examples and construction features of stepper
motor, servomotor and brushless permanent magnet motor.
List of Text Books
1. G B Gupta, Principle of electrical motors and power electronics, S K Kataria and
Sons, 2002
2. P.S.Bhimbra, Electrical Machine, Khanna publishers, 1 January 2011
3. G. Say, Performance & design of A.C. Machines, 3rd edition , CBS, 1 December
2005
4. Fitzerald Kingsley Otmans, Electrical Machines, 7 edition , McGraw-Hill Education,
1 March 2013
5. Nagrath& Kothari, Electrical Machines, 4 edition, McGraw Hill Education, 7 July
2010
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

List of Reference Books

1. SR Mishra, Basic electronic engineering.


2. M D Singh , Power electronics, McGraw Hill, 1998
3 Charles. I. Hubert, Electric Machine, 2 edition, Prentice Hall, 16 October 2001

URL https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105017/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102146/

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 lectures)


Lecture No Topic

L1 Introduction to polyphase system,


L2 Generation of 3-phase voltages
L3 Star and Delta connected network, Relation between phase quantity and line
quantity
L4 Three phase power,
L5 Numerical on star and delta connections
L6 Measurement of 3-phase power: One, two and three wattmeter method
L7 Measurement of power factor using two wattmeter method
L8 Analysis of unbalance load
L9 TRANSFORMER: - Review of 1-phase transformer, construction, working
principle
L10 Phasor diagram on no load, on load
L11 Equivalent circuit parameters
L12 V.R., efficiency, all day efficiency, application
L13 Test: - Sumpner’s test, per unit representation – inrush current –
L14 3 PHASE TRANSFORMER: -Connections of 3-phase transformer-1
L15 Open Delta connection
L16 Scott Connection
L17 MINI TEST
L18 Connections of 3-phase transformer-2
L19 Parallel operation of 1-phase transformer-1
L20 Parallel operation of 1-phase transformer-2
L21 IM:- Introduction of IM, construction, working principle
L22 Equivalent circuit, numericals based on it
L23 Torque equation and torque- slip characteristics,
L24 Speed control, motor characteristics
L25 Classificationfor selection and applications of industrial motors,
L26 Working and various characteristics for selection and applications of industrial
motors,
L27 Introduction to SCR and Thyristor family,
L28 Half bridge rectifier, Full bridge rectifier
L29 I-V Characteristics of self Commutated switches such as MOSFET, IGBT etc.,
L30 Basic concepts of firing and control circuit, gate/base drive circuits
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

L31 Basic chopper:- working principle, Classification


L32 Characteristics advantage disadvantages application
L33 Advantage disadvantages, Application
L34 Inverter :- introduction to inverter circuit,
L35 Topologies used,
L36 Operations waveform analysis and applications
L37 Special machine:-
Stepper motor :- Examples and construction features of stepper motor
L38 Advantages , disadvantages and applications
L39 Examples and construction features of servomotor, Advantages , disadvantages
and applications
L40 Examples and construction features of brushless permanent magnet motor
L41 Difference between BLDC and commutated D.C. Machine
L42 Advantages, disadvantages and applications of brushless permanent magnet
motor

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech (Mechanical) Semester: Year: III

Name of Course Fluid Mechanics Lab

Course Code CE 334

Core / Elective / Other Core Laboratory

Prerequisite:
1. Knowledge of Engineering Mathematics
2. Knowledge of Fluid Mechanics
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the semester after completion of course, students will be able to
1. experimentally verify the Bernoulli’s theorem, able to analyze the type of flow with
Reynolds experiment,
2. verify the Impulse Momentum Principle, will be able to calibrate and calculate coefficient
of discharge of Venturi meter, Orifice meter and Nozzle meter.
3. to estimate the friction factor of commercial pipe to know the losses in pipe flow,
4. to calculate the efficiency of Centrifugal pump, Reciprocating pump, Impulse turbine and
Francis turbine.
5. to experimentally classify fluid flows.
Description of Contents in brief:
1. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem,
2. Classify the types of flow based on Reynolds number, verification of Impulse Momentum
principle for flow,
3. Calibration of Venturimeter, Orificemeter, Nozzlemeter and Effect of Reynolds number on
coefficient of discharge, frictional loss in pipe, Reciprocating pump.
List of Text Books:
1. Fluids Mechanics Lab Manual
2. Fluids Mechanics & Hydraulics Machines- Jain. A.K., Khanna Publisher, 1998
3. Mechanics of Fluids- Frank M. White, McGraw-Hill Series, 1998
List of Reference Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics- Streeter & Wylie, McGraw Hill Education, 2017
2. Engineering Fluid Mechanics- Garde, R.J. & Mirajgaonker, A.G., Scitech, 2010

Lecture Plan:
Lecture Title of experiment
No
1 Theoretical aspects of experiments- Lecture
2 Theoretical aspects of experiments- Lecture
3 Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

4 Classify the types of flow based on Reynolds number


5 Verification of Impulse Momentum principle for flow
6 Calibration of Venturimeter and study of effect of Reynolds number on coefficient
of discharge
7 Calibration of Orificemeter and study of effect of Reynolds number on coefficient
of discharge
8 Calibration of Nozzlemeter and study of effect of Reynolds number on coefficient
of discharge
9 Estimation of friction factor of commercial pipe
10 Determination of efficiency of Reciprocating pump.

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program: UG/ B TECH Semester:5th Year: 3rd


Name of Course: Electrical Machinery Lab
Course Code: EE 333
Core/Elective/other: Core
Prerequisite:
1. Knowledge of basic electrical machine.
2. Knowledge of basic electronics
Course Outcome: after going through these lab experiments the students will get knowledge
of
Method of Power Measurement For Electrical Circuits
Induction motor starter and test on IM ( block rotor and no load)
Parallel operation f transformer
Study of rectifier, chopper, inverter and power electronics devices
Description of Contents in brief:
1. Measurement of 3 phase power by 2 wattmeter method
2. Measurement of reactive power using single wattmeter method
3. No load and blocked rotor test of 1 phase induction motor
4. To study of 3 phase induction motor starter
5. To study of parallel operation of 1 phase transformer.
6 To Study of power electronics devices
7 To Study of half wave rectifier
8 To study of full wave rectifier
9 To study of chopper
10 To study of inverter
List of Text books
1. Principle of electrical motors and power electronics G B Gupta
2. P.S.Bhimbra, Electrical Machine, Khanna, 1 January 2011
3. G. Say, Performance & design of A.C. Machines, 3rd edition , CBS, 1 December 2005
4. Fitzerald Kingsley Otmans, Electrical Machines, 7 edition , McGraw-Hill Education, 1
March 2013
URL: -
http://www.vlab.co.in/ba-nptel-labs-electrical-engineering
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105131/
Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester: V Year: III

Name of Course I.C. Engine Lab

Course Code ME 313

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. ME 2305 Engineering Thermodynamics
2. CE 2405 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze energy distribution by conducting heat balance test on IC engine
2. Conduct variable ignition timing test on IC engine and analyze engine performance
3. Conduct Morse test on IC engines to determine its IP
4. Conduct variable speed load test and constant speed performance tests on IC engines and
interpret their performance
5. Understand working of 2-Wheeler Chassis dynamometer
Description of Contents in brief:
Expt. 1 To estimate and draw the heat balance sheet for a Horizontal Ruston Diesel Engine
Expt. 2 To find the effect of Ignition Timing on Newage petrol engine performance
Expt. 3 To find the I.P. of Newage 4-cylinder petrol engine by Morse Test
Expt. 4 To perform variable speed load test on Newage Petrol Engine
Expt. 5 To find the I.P. of Suzuki 3-cylinder Petrol Engine by Morse test
Expt. 6 To perform constant speed performance test on a Four-Stroke Single-Cylinder Diesel
Engine
Expt. 7 Study of two wheeler chassis dynamometer
List of Text Books:
1. V. Ganesan. Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004
2. H.N. Gupta. Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines, Prentice Hall of India
Private Limited, 2006
3. M.L. Mathur, R.P. Sharma. Internal Combustion Engines, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
2014
List of Reference Books:
1. John B. Heywood. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGrawHill Education,
2017
2. Richard Stone. Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines, Macmillan International
Higher Education, 2012
3. Richard Van Basshuysen, Fred Schaefer. Internal Combustion Engine Handbook, SAE
International, 2016
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104033/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103262/
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures): It is an experimental course


Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester VI Year III

Name of Course Data Structures and Algorithm

Course Code CS -352

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. Programming Languages
2.
Course Outcomes:
1. Concept and importance of data structures
2. Learn to implement various types of data structure
3. Learn how to determine algorithm correctness and its efficiency
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction to data structures, Algorithm Evaluation, Arrays, Multi-dimensional
Arrays, Sparse Matrices, Structure, Pointers.
Unit 2. Stacks: representation of stacks and basic operations, application of stacks, prefix,
postfix and infix notations and conversion, Recursion, towers of hanoi
Unit 3. Queues: Types of queues and its application, Linked lists: types of linked list,
implementation of stack and queue using linked list
Unit 4. Polynomial representation and arithmetic, Trees: binary tree,n-ary tree, tree traversal
AVL Trees, Binary search trees.
Unit 5. Graphs: representation, traversing, Searching: sequential search, binary search and
hashing
Unit 6 Sorting: External and Internal Sort, Selection, Sort, bubble sort, insertion sort, radix sort,
and bucket sort.
List of Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of data structures by E.Horowitz and S.Sahni, Computer Science,
Universal Press, 2008
2. Data Structure using C by A.M.Tanenbaum, PHI, 1989
3.
List of Reference Books:
1. Data Structures and Algorithms in C (second edition) by M.T.Goodriche and R.Tamassia,
John Wiley and Sons, 2011
2. Data structures and algorithm analysis in C(second edition), by M.A.Weiss, Addison-
Wesley, 2013.
3. Classic Data structures by D.Samantha, PHI, 2017
4. Data structures, Schaum’s series, McGraw Hill, 2017
URLs:
1. NOC:Programming, data structures and algorithms-
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/10-6102064/
2. Stanford CS166: Data Structures- http://web.stanford.edu/classics166/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Introduction to data structures, algorithm evaluation


2 Time complexity analysis (Asymptotic notations)
3 Arrays and its operations
4 Multidimensional arrays
5 Sparse matrices
6 Structure, Pointers
7 Recursion
8 Linked list an operations on linked list
9 Double linked list and its operations
10 Applications of linked lists
11 Storage pools, garbage collection
12 Tutorial
13 Tutorial
14 Stacks and operations on a stack
15 Prefix, postfix and infix notations
16 Prefix, postfix and infix notations
17 Difference between stacks and queues
18 Postfix evaluation, parenthesis checking
19 Tutorial
20 Infix to postfix conversion
21 Tutorial
22 Quicksort
23 Implementation of recursion using slacks
24 Towers of Hanoi
25 Tutorial
26 Queues and Operations on a queue
27 Queues application
28 Circular queues, priority queue
29 Tutorial
30 Tutorial
31 Trees: applications & representation in memory
32 Binary tree: operations on binary tree
33 Tutorial
34 Tree Traversals
35 Graphs: representation
36 Graph traversals
37 Tutorial
38 Sequential search
39 Tutorial
40 Binary search
41 Hashing
42 Hash functions
43 Hashing (collision resolution techniques)
44 Sorting, techniques: bubble sort
45 Tutorial
46 Selection sort, insertion sort
47 Merge sort
48 Heap sort: Max & Min heap
49 Radix sort
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

50 Tutorial
*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech. Semester-VI Year: Third

Name of Course Heat and Mass Transfer

Course Code ME-321

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite: None
1.
Course Outcomes:
1. To introduce a basic study of the phenomena of heat and mass transfer involving three
modes of heat transfer.
2. To develop methodologies for solving a wide variety of practical engineering problems.
3. To provide useful information concerning the performance and design of thermal systems
such as heat exchangers and associated processes.
Description of Contents in brief:
1. Conduction: Steady State Conduction: Fourier’s law and general conduction equation in
Cartesian coordinate, Analysis of composite slabs, cylinders and spheres, insulation
desirable properties and critical thickness of insulation,. Unsteady state Heat Transfer:
Newtonian heating/cooling, Lumped parameter analysis, periodic heat flow, solution of
unsteady state problems using Heisler charts.
2. Convection: Analysis of free and forced convection using dimensional analysis,
significance of various dimensionless numbers empirical co-relations for plates and pipes
under natural/forced convection conditions. Concept of thermal and hydrodynamic
boundary layers.
3. Radiation:
Mechanism, electromagnetic spectrum, reflectivity, absorptivity, transmissivity,
emissivity, emissive power, intensity of radiation, Planck's law, Wien's law, Stefan
Boltzman’s law and Kirchoff’s law. View factor for simple geometries and view factor
relations, Concept of black and gray body, Black body, Radiation heat exchange between
black, grey and diffuse surfaces, radiation shields.
4. Heat Transfer Through Extended Surfaces:
Fins: Heat transfer and temperature distribution in rectangular fins (Longitudinal &
annular) of uniform cross section, effectiveness and efficiency of fin.
Heat Exchanger Types – Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient – Fouling Factors – Analysis
– LMTD method – NTU method.
5. Boiling and Condensation & Mass Transfer :Nusselt’s theory of condensation- Regimes
of Pool boiling and Flow boiling. Correlations in boiling and condensation.
Basic Concepts – Diffusion Mass Transfer – Fick’s Law of Diffusion – Steady state
Molecular Diffusion – Convective Mass Transfer – Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer
Analogy –Convective Mass Transfer Correlations.
List of Text Books:
1. P.K. Nag, Heat and Mass Transfer, Mc Graw Hill 2011
2. Incropera F.P. & Dewitt D.P. , Introduction to Heat Transfer, Wiley 2018
3. Yunus Cengel, Heat and Mass Transfer, Mc Graw Hill 2020
List of Reference Books:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Mahesh M. Rathore, Engg. Heat and Mass Transfer, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi,
2006
2. J.P.Holman, Heat Transfer, McGraw Hill 2010
3. Heat Transfer, A. Bejan, John Wiley, 1993
URLs:
1. http://www.nptel.ac.in
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture No. Topic
1 Heat Transfer: Introduction and overview, Distinction with Thermodynamics,
Modes of Heat Transfer, Mechanism of heat transfer,
2 Fourier's law of diffusion, Thermal conductivity for various materials of
engineering importance.
3 Electrical analogy to heat transfer in Simple and composite slabs.
4 Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient. Related numerical problems.
5 Extending concept of electrical analogy to heat transfer for simple and
composite cylinders. Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient. Related numerical
problems.
6 Working out numerical on electrical analogy for heat transfer in cylindrical
problems.
7 Concept of electrical analogy to heat transfer for simple and composite spheres.
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient. Related numerical problems.
8 Derivation of Characteristics Heat Equation in Cartesian Coordinate System.
9 Insulating Materials and concept of thickness of insulation, Derivation of
critical thickness of insulation and related numerical problems
10 Numerical on critical thickness of insulation continues, Concept of variable
thermal conductivity and thermal contact resistance.
11 Unsteady Heat Diffusion, Lumped Capacitance Method, Derivation of the
Formulae, Electrical analogy of R-C circuits for transient response of thermal
circuits.
12 Numerical problems of lumped capacitance method, Introduction of solving
transient heat transfer problems using Heisler and Grober charts.
13 More numerical problems on transient heat transfer problems using Heisler and
Grober charts.
14 Convection: Mechanism of forced and free convection heat transfer and concept
of velocity and thermal boundary layers.
15 Significance of various dimensionless numbers e.g. Reynolds number, Prandtl
number, Nusselt number, Derivation of functional dependence between Nusselt
number, Prandtl number and Reynolds number.
16 Discussion on empirical correlations for forced convection heat transfer.
17 Solving numerical on forced convection heat transfer using empirical
correlations.
18 Significance of various dimensionless numbers e.g. Grashoff number, Prandtl
number, Nusselt number, Derivation of functional dependence between Nusselt
number, Prandtl number and Grashoff number. Empirical correlations for free
convection heat transfer.
19 Solving numerical on free convection heat transfer using empirical correlations.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

20 Radiation: Mechanism, electromagnetic spectrum, Conceptualizing


measurement of thermal radiation and emissive power, Definition and
discussion on intensity of radiation, emissive power.
21 Planck's law, Wien's law, Stefan Boltzman’s law. Definitions of emitted
radiation, incident radiation and radiosity.
22-23 Concept of black and gray body , Stefan Boltzman’s law and Kirchoff’s law,
View factor for simple geometries and view factor relations
24-25 Numerical problems on view factor, Black body radiation exchange, radiation
exchange between non-black bodies
26-27 Numerical problem and Radiation shields.
28-29 Heat Exchangers: Definition and classification, Overall heat transfer
coefficient, fouling factor, Parallel and counter flow heat exchangers, concept
and derivation of LMTD.
30-31 Heat exchanger analysis using LMTD and NTU method. Effectiveness of heat
exchanger
32-33 Discussion on effectiveness of heat exchanger and derivation with reference to
parallel and counter flow heat exchanger continues.
34 Numerical problems
35-36 Fins: Introduction and classification of fins, Heat transfer analysis and
temperature distribution in rectangular fins (Longitudinal & annular) of uniform
cross section.
37-38 Heat transfer analysis and temperature distribution in rectangular fins of
uniform cross section continues with discussion various boundary condition.
39 Fin performance: Effectiveness and efficiency of fin. Numerical problems on
fins
40 Numerical problems
41 Condensation and Boiling: Heat transfer in condensation process: Mechanism
of condensation
42-43 Nusselt's theory, drop wise & film wise condensation
44-45 Boiling heat transfer, nature of vaporization, nucleate pool boiling
46 Empirical co-relation for boiling heat transfer, factors affecting boiling film
coefficients
47 Numerical Problems
48-49 Mass Transfer: Fick’s law of diffusion, steady state diffusion of gases and
liquids through solids, equi-molar-diffusion.
50-51 Convective Mass Transfer – Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer Analogy –
Convective Mass Transfer Correlations.
52 Numerical Problems
*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay


7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester: VI Year: III

Name of Course Turbomachines

Course Code ME-322

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. ME2305 Engineering Thermodynamics
2. ME2405 Fluid Mechanics
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply thermodynamic concepts to understand the working of Turbo Machines
2. Apply the Euler’s equation to analyze energy transfer in Turbo Machines
3. Understand the principle of operation of turbines, fans, compressors and pumps
4. Perform the preliminary design of Turbo Machines (turbines, compressors and pumps)
5. Analyze the performance of Turbo Machines
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Basic Concepts of Turbo Machines. Continuity equation, momentum equation and
energy equation. Airfoil theory
Unit 2. Steam Nozzles and Steam Turbines: Introduction, expansion of steam in nozzle,
critical pressure, condition for maximum discharge, choking of nozzles. Effect of back
pressure, super saturated flow through nozzles. Impulse and reaction Turbines,
compounding of steam turbines, velocity diagrams, graphical and analytical methods,
work done, thrust and power. Steam Turbine Efficiencies, condition for maximum
efficiency. Governing of steam turbine.
Unit 3. Compressors: Principle of operation of centrifugal compressors, energy equation,
velocity triangles, flow analysis. Principle of operation of axial compressors, analysis
of flow, work done factor, stage efficiency, degree of reaction.
Unit 4. Hydraulic Turbines: Design aspects of Pelton turbine- its construction, power and efficiency
for ideal case, characteristic curves. Design aspects of reaction turbines, construction, draft tube
theory, characteristic curves, cavitations.
Unit 5. Centrifugal pumps: Various types and their important components, manometric, total
head, specific speed, cavitations. Need for priming, Pumps in series and parallel,
Principle of working and characteristic curves.
List of Text Books:
1. Yadav R. Steam and Gas Turbines, Central Publishing House, Allahabad 2009.
2. Arasu AV. Turbo Machines, Vikas Publishing House 2013
3. An Introduction to Energy Conversion, Volume III, Turbo machinery, V. Kadambi and
Manohar Prasad, New Age International Publishers, Reprint 2008
4. Fluids Mechanics & Hydraulics Machines R.K.Bansal
5. Fluids Mechanics & Hydraulics Machines A.K. Jain
List of Reference Books:
1. Kearton WJ. Steam Turbine Theory and Practice, CBS PUBLISHERS AND
DISTRIBUTORS 2004
2. Shepherd D. G. Principles of Turbo machines, The Macmillan Company (1964)
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. McMillan GK. Centrifugal and Axial Compressor Control, Momentum Press 2010
4. Dixon S. L. Fluid Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Turbo machines, Elsevier (2005)
5. Yahya S. M. Turbines, Compressors & Fans, Tata McGraw Hill Co. Ltd., 2ndEdn., 2002
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc18/SEM1/noc18-me34/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112104117/ui/TOC.htm
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104117/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1-2 Basic Concepts of Turbo Machines
3-6 Continuity equation, momentum equation and energy equation and
its significance
7-8 Airfoil theory
9-10 Steam Nozzles: Introduction, expansion of steam in nozzle
11-14 Critical pressure, condition for maximum discharge, choking of
nozzles, Effect of back pressure
15-17 Super saturated flow through nozzles
18-21 Steam Turbines: Impulse and reaction Turbines, compounding of
steam turbines
22-25 Velocity diagrams, graphical and analytical methods
26-29 Work done, thrust and power. Steam Turbine Efficiencies,
condition for maximum efficiency
29-30 Governing of steam turbine
31-32 Principle of operation of centrifugal compressors, energy equation
33-34 Velocity triangles, flow analysis of centrifugal compressor
35-36 Principle of operation of axial compressors, analysis of flow.
37-38 Work done factor, stage efficiency, degree of reaction of axial
compressor
39-40 Design aspects of Pelton turbine- its construction, power and efficiency
for ideal case, characteristic curves.
41-42 Design aspects of reaction turbines, construction, , characteristic curves
42-43 Draft tube theory cavitations.
44-45 Centrifugal pumps,various types and their important components,
manometric, total head, specific speed
46-47 Cavitations. Need for priming, Pumps in series and parallel
47-48 Principle of working and characteristic curves.

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech/ Mech. Engg. Semester VI Year III

Name of Course Manufacturing Processes-2

Course Code ME-323

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. Workshop Practice, Mechanisms of Machines
2. Introduction to Manufacturing processes
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand conventional & modern machine tools used in industries.
2. To identify / select correct conventional manufacturing process/operations for
manufacturing of the product.
3. To understand various operating/ cutting parameters and their effects on productivity
& quality of the product.
4. To be aware of mass production, cutting fluids, quality & safety aspects.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Concept of productivity & mass production, Introduction to subtractive/additive
machining, Types/classification of manufacturing processes / machine tools.
Important cutting parameters. Cutting Fluids. Safety aspects on machining.
Unit 2. Semi automatic lathes, CNC turning centers, Examples on CNC programming.
Unit 3. Introduction to Milling Process & its applications, Conventional milling machine
tools, Various milling operations. Numerical on cutting parameters.
Unit 4. Introduction to Broaching process & its applications, Conventional broaching
machine tools, Various broaching operations.
Unit 5. Introduction to Abrasive machining & its applications, Grinding machine tools,
Factors/parameters affecting grinding process.
Unit 6 Introduction to threads and gears mass manufacturing processes, Metal surface
finishing processes, Effects of cutting parameters/ operating conditions on quality of
the finished job in various conventional manufacturing processes.
List of Text Books:
1. Manufacturing Technology: Metal Cutting and Machine Tools, (Vol.2), P.N.Rao, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education.
List of Reference Books:
1. Metal Cutting Theory and Practice, David A. Stephenson, John S. Agapiou, CRC
Press Taylor & Francis Group.
2. CNC Programming Handbook, Peter Smid, Industrial Press, Inc.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105127
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103248

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):


*Lecture No. Topic
01 Concept of productivity & mass production
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

02-03 Introduction to subtractive/additive machining


04-05 Types/classification of manufacturing processes / machine tools.
06-07 Important cutting parameters
08 Cutting Fluids
09 Safety aspects on machining
10-13 Semi automatic lathes
14-16 CNC turning centers
17-19 Examples on CNC programming
20 Introduction to Milling Process & its applications
21-24 Conventional milling machine tools, Various milling operations
25-26 Numerical on cutting parameters
27 Introduction to Broaching process & its applications
28-30 Conventional broaching machine tools
31-32 Various broaching operations
33-34 Introduction to Abrasive machining & its applications
35 Factors/parameters affecting grinding process
36-39 Grinding machine tools
40-42 Introduction to threads and gears mass manufacturing processes
43-45 Metal surface finishing processes
46-48 Effects of cutting parameters/ operating conditions on quality of the
finished job in various conventional manufacturing processes

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl.No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any -
5 Quiz if any -
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay -
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) -
8 Any other 10 Class notes/attendance
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester - VI Year – Third Year


(Mechanical Engg.)
Name of Course Heat and Mass Transfer Lab.

Course Code ME 324

Core / Elective / Other Core

List of the Experiments:


Exp. 1 Measurement of Thermal conductivity of insulating material by lagged pipe
method
Exp. 2 Measurement of Thermal conductivity of metal rod.
Exp. 3 Measurement of overall heat transfer coefficient for parallel and counter flow heat
exchangers
Exp. 4 Measurement of effectiveness of double pipe heat-exchanger
Exp. 5 Measurement of overall heat transfer coefficient for air/water heat exchangers.
Exp. 6 Determination of heat transfer coefficient in natural convection for Pin fin
arrangement
Exp. 7 Determination of heat transfer coefficient in forced convection for Pin fin
arrangement
Exp.8 Determination of emissivity by emissivity gray body
Exp.9 Determination of heat transfer coefficient using Lumped Heat capacity analysis.
Exp.10 Study of Thermocouples

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester - VI Year – Third Year


(Mechanical Engg.)
Name of Course Turbomachines Laboratory
Course Code ME 325
Core / Elective / Other Core
List of Experiments:
Exp. 1 Study of Thermal Power Plan
Exp. 2 Measurement of Dryness Friction of Steam By using separating and Throttling
calorimeter.
Exp. 3 Performance Measurement of Steam Power Plant
Exp. 4 Performance Measurement of Centrifugal Blower
Exp. 5 Study of models of compounding of Turbines (velocity compounding, Pressure
compounding and pressure velocity compounding)
Exp. 6 Determination of efficiency of Centrifugal pump
Exp. 7 Determination of efficiency of Impulse turbine
Exp. 8 Determination of efficiency of Francis turbine
Exp. 9 Determination of efficiency of Kaplan turbine

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B. Tech(Mechanical
Name of Program Semester-VI Year- III
Engineering)
Name of Course Manufacturing Techniques Laboratory -2

Course Code ME-326

Core / Elective / Other Core


Prerequisite if any:
1. Manufacturing Processes-I
2.
Course Outcomes:
To impart hands-on practical exposure on Milling Processes both on conventional and
1.
CNC machines.
To enable students to prepare CNC programs for various types of jobs on CNC milling
2.
machine
To enable students to use measuring instruments for recording output parameters of
3.
machining
Description of Contents in brief:
Principal parts of tool, tool geometry, Demonstration on conventional machine:
Expt 1. Various parts and its functions, job & tool holding procedure, operational aspects
etc.,
Expt 2. Simple jobs on milling machine involving height reduction of cuboid shaped work
pieces
Expt 3. Practice in conventional milling machine for making cuboid shaped jobs from
cylindrical work pieces. Measuring input and output parameters
Introduction to various parts of CNC milling machine, tool geometry, programming
Expt 4. etc. Preparation of CNC programs for given jobs and making the jobs. Measurement
of input and output parameters using given instruments.
List of Text Books:
1. ASM Handbook Machining, 2002
2. Introduction to Manufacturing processes. Mikell Groover, Wiley, 2011
3. DeGarmo’s Materials and Processes in Manufacturing J.T. Black, Wiley, 2011
List of Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Engineering &Technology Srope Kalpakijan Prentice Hall, 2009
2. Manufacturing Science Amitabha Ghosh, Pearson, 1985
A Textbook of Manufacturing Technology: Manufacturing Processes R.K. Rajput,
3.
2007
4. Introduction to Manufacturing processes. John A Schey, McGraw Hill, 2007
URLs:
1. http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents
2. https://swayam.gov.in

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program Semester 7 Year 4


Name of Course Engineering Economics and IPR
Course Code HUM- 451
Core / Elective / Other Core
Prerequisite:
1. Theoretical underpinning of the concepts related to Economics is crucial.
2. Technical knowledge and basic understanding of IPR laws is important.
Course Outcomes:
1. Students would be in a position to link the concepts of Economics and Engineering
2. Understanding the production and related it with cash flow and payments
3. Students will understand the benefits of IPR
4. Understanding of Indian laws and acts regarding IPR
Description of Contents in Brief:
Unit 1 Introduction to Economics- Flow in an economy, Law of supply and demand, Concept
of Engineering Economics – Engineering efficiency, Economic efficiency, Scope of
engineering economics – Element of costs, Marginal cost, Marginal Revenue, Sunk
cost, Opportunity cost, Break-even analysis – V ratio, Elementary economic Analysis
– Material selection for product Design selection for a product, Process planning.

Unit 2 Methods of comparison of alternatives – present worth method (Revenue dominated


cash flow diagram), Future worth method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram,
cost dominated cash flow diagram), Annual equivalent method (Revenue dominated
cash flow diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), rate of return method,
Examples in all the methods.
Unit 3 Make or buy decision, Value engineering – Function, aims, and Value engineering
procedure. Interest formulae and their applications –Time value of money, Single
payment compound amount factor, Single payment present worth factor, Equal
payment series sinking fund factor, Equal payment series payment Present worth
factor- equal payment series capital recovery factor – Uniform gradient series annual
equivalent factor, Effective interest rate, Examples in all the methods.
Unit 4 Basic concepts, characteristics and nature of Intellectual Property Right, IPR and
Economic Development, major international instrument relating to the protection of
IP. Meaning, Criteria for obtaining patents, Non Patentable inventions, procedure for
registration, term of Patent, Rights of patentee, basic concept of compulsory license
and government use of patent, infringement of patents and remedies in case of
infringement, Relevant Sections.
Unit 5 Meaning of mark, trademark, and categories of trademark: Certification Mark and well
known mark and Non-conventional marks, concepts of distinctiveness. Designs, GI
and other forms of IP, Designs: meaning design protection, concept of original design,
term of protection, relevant sections.
Unit 6 Geographical Indication: meaning of GI, difference between GI and Trade Mark,
Concept of Authorized Use, Homonymous GI, Relevant section,. Trade-secret:
meaning, Criteria of Protection, relevant sections. Plant Variety, Protection and
Farmer’s Right: meaning, criteria of protection, relevant sections.
List of Text Books:
1. A. Koutsoyiannis “Modern Microeconomics’. Macmillan Education, 1979
2. Subbaram N.R. “Handbook of Indian Patent Law and Practice “, S. Viswanathan,
Printers and Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,1998
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. Stephen Ross and Randolph Westerfield and Jeffrey Jaffe and Bradford Jordan,
“Corporate Finance’, Mc Graw Hill, 2019
List of Reference Books:
1. Chan Spark, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
2. Donald. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, “Engineering Economics and analysis” Egg. Press,
Texas, 2010.
3. Degarmo, E.P., Sullivan, W.G and Canada, J.R, “Engineering Economy”, Macmillan,
New York, 2011.
4. Zahid A khan: Engineering Economy, “Engineering Economy”, Dorling Kindersley,
2012
5. V.K. Ahuja , “ Law related to Intellectual Property Rights”. Publisher- Lexis-Nexi, 2009
6. R. Radhakrishnan and S. Balasubramanian, “Intellectual Property Rights- Texts and
Cases”, publisher- Excel Books India, 2008
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104125/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107144/
3. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109106100/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture Topic
No.
Engg. Economics
1 Introduction to Economics and Flow in an economy
2 Law of supply and demand
3 Concept of Engineering Economics: Engineering efficiency
4 Economic efficiency
5 Scope of engineering economics
6 Element of costs: Marginal cost, Marginal Revenue, Sunk cost, Opportunity cost
7 Break-even analysis: PV ratio
8 Elementary economic Analysis: Material selection for product Design selection for
a product,
9 Process planning
10 Methods of comparison of alternatives: present worth method
11 Revenue dominated cash flow diagram
12 Future worth method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram
13 Future worth method (Cost dominated cash flow diagram)
14 Annual equivalent method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram)
15 Annual equivalent method (Cost dominated cash flow diagram)
16 Rate of return method
17 Make or buy decision, Value engineering: Function, aims, and Value engineering
procedure
18 Interest formulae and their applications: Time value of money
19 Single payment compound amount factor
20 Single payment present worth factor
21 Equal payment series sinking fund factor
22 Equal payment series capital recovery factor
23 Equal payment series capital recovery factor
24 Uniform gradient series annual equivalent factor
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

25 Effective interest rate


26 Introduction to IPR, its Importance, Need and Characteristics
27 IPR and Economic Development
28 Major International Instrument relating to the protection of IP
29 Patents : Meaning &Criteria for obtaining Patents
30 Procedure for Registration & Non Patentable inventions
31 Term of Patent and Rights of patentee
32 Basic concept of Compulsory License
33 Government use of Patent
34 Infringement of patents and Remedies in case of Infringement
35. Relevant Sections of Patents
36. Introduction to Mark and Trademark, Rights and Limitations of Trade Marks
37. Categories of Trademark
38. Certification Mark, Well known Marks and Non-Conventional Marks
39 Concepts of Distinctiveness
40. Introduction to Design: Its meaning and Registration process
41. Meaning of Design Protection, Concept of Original Design, Term of Design
42. Relevant Sections of Design
43. Meaning of Geographical Indication and Difference between GI and Trade Mark
44 Concept of Authorized Use
45. Homonymous GI and Relevant section of GI
46. Trade-secret: Meaning, Criteria of Protection, Relevant Sections of it.
47. Plant Variety, Protection and Farmer’s Right: Meaning, Criteria of Protection,
Relevant Sections of it.
48. Case Studies On – Patents (Basumati Rice, Turmeric, Neem, Etc.)

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B Tech. Mechanical Semester- Year: Final year


Engineering
Name of Course Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Course Code ME 411

Core / Elective / Other Core

Prerequisite if any:
1. Engineering Thermodynamics (ME2305)
2. Heat and Mass Transfer (ME2602)
Course Outcomes:
1. Ability of reasoning and understanding contextual issues of Refrigeration and Air
conditioning relevant to the society.
2. Able to formulate Refrigeration and Air conditioning problems for different
applications and to find solution using principles engineering sciences, mathematics and
literature
3. Ability to design and develop Refrigeration and Air conditioning component /system
and processes that meets specific needs
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Principles of refrigeration: Review of Second law of thermodynamics, Refrigeration
machine, revised Carnot cycle, Coefficient of Performance, Ton of Refrigeration,
Various types of Refrigeration systems.
Air Refrigeration System: Bell Coleman Cycle, air cycle systems for aircraft. Boot Strap
system, reduced ambient system, evaporative and regenerative system
Unit 2. Vapour compression refrigeration: Simplevapour compression cycles, representation of
cycles on T-S and P-H diagrams, effectsof sub cooling, super heating, wet compression,
suction and discharge pressure on the performance of vapour compression refrigeration
system,Actualvapour compression refrigeration cycle,
Unit 3. Compound vapour comparison systems: Limitations of simple vapour compression
refrigeration system for the production of low temperature. Multi stage compression
system, multi evaporator system, cascade system. Production of solid CO2. Liquefaction
of gases.
Unit 4. Absorption Refrigeration System:Simple Absorption cycle, use of heat exchanger,
analysis and rectifier, the Electrolux system, Lithium– Bromide Water Absorption
system
Nonconventional Refrigeration System: Vortex tube refrigeration system, Steam jet and
thermo-electric refrigeration systems, their principle of working and
applicationRefrigerants: Classification and Nomenclature of Refrigerants, Desirable
properties of important refrigerants, Primary and secondary refrigerants,Alternate eco
friendly refrigerant.
Unit 5. Psychometry: Properties of moist air, psychometric processes and their representation
on psychometric chart for calculations.Psychrometry of air conditioning process i.e.
Mixing process, sensible heating or cooling, humidification and dehumidification,
Sensible heat factor, Bypass factor, Air washer.
Unit 6 Air conditioning Systems: Summer and winter air conditioning, Thermal comfort, Air
conditioning load calculation, Sensible and latent loads, principles for calculation of
building heat transmission, solar heat gain, infiltration and occupancy loads, load due
to electric motors and electric driven machineries, other sources of heat gain,
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Window and spilt air conditions system, Variable Refrigeration system.


List of Text Books:
1. Arora C. P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning,, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2000
2. P.L. Balaney Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Khanna Publication 1972
3. R S Khurmi, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, S Chand Publication, 2006
List of Reference Books:
1. Dossat, R.J., Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education India, 1996
2. Whitman, Johnson &Tomczyk, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology.
Cengage Learning, 2009
3. Hundy, Trott&Welch, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Butterworth-Heinemann,
2008
URLs:
1. https://www.ashrae.org/
2. https://ishrae.in/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
S. Topic No. of
No. Lecture
1. Review of Second law of thermodynamics, Refrigeration machine, revised 03
Carnot cycle, Coefficient of Performance, Ton of Refrigeration, Various types
of Refrigeration systems
2. Air Refrigeration System: Bell Coleman Cycle, air cycle systems for aircraft. 05
Boot Strap system, reduced ambient system, evaporative and regenerative
system, numerical example
3 Simple vapour compression cycles, effects various operating parameters on the 04
performance of vapour compression refrigeration system, representation of
cycles on T-S and P-H diagrams. Practical vapour compression cycle,
numerical example
4 Limitations of simple vapour compression refrigeration system for the 08
production of low temperature. Multi stage compression system, multi
evaporator system, cascade system. Production of solid CO2. Liquefaction of
gases.
5 Simple Absorption cycle, use of heat exchanger, analysis and rectifier, the 04
Electrolux system, Lithium– Bromide Water Absorption system
6 Vortex tube refrigeration system, Steam jet and thermo-electric refrigeration 03
systems, their principle of working and application
7 Classification and Nomenclature of Refrigerants, Desirable properties of 03
important refrigerants, Primary and secondary refrigerants, Alternate eco
friendly refrigerant.
8 Properties of moist air, psychometric processes and their representation on 06
psychometric chart for calculations.Psychrometry of air conditioning process
i.e. Mixing process, sensible heating or cooling, humidification and
dehumidification, Sensible heat factor, Bypass factor, Air washer
9 Factors affecting human comfort. Effective temperature, comfort chart and 02
comfort zone.
10 Summer and winter air conditioning, Thermal comfort, Air conditioning load 10
calculation, Sensible and latent loads, principles for calculation of building heat
transmission, solar heat gain, infiltration and occupancy loads, load due to
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

electric motors and electric driven machineries, other sources of heat gain,
Window and spilt air conditions system, Variable Refrigeration system
Total No Lecture required to cover the syllabus 48
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech Semester - VII Year – Final Year


(Mechanical Engg.)
Name of Course Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Laboratory

Course Code ME 412

Core / Elective / Other Core

List of Experiments:
Exp. 1 Study of Window Air Conditioning system
Exp. 2 Study of Domestic Refrigerator
Exp. 3 Measurement of COP of Vapour compression Refrigeration system
Exp. 4 Measurement of COP of Vapour Absorption Refrigeration system
Exp. 5 Experiment on refrigeration test rig and calculation of various performance parameters
Exp. 6 Experiment on air-conditioning test rig and calculation of various performance
parameters
Exp. 7 Measurement of COP of Ice Plant
Exp. 8 Performance measurement of Central Air Conditioning system
Exp. 9 Measurement of By-pass factor of cooling coil of Air Conditioning system
Exp. 10 Performance measurement of Auto Mobile Air Conditioning system
Exp. 11 Performance measurement of Evaporative cooler
Exp. 12 Study of Refrigerant charging Kit
Exp. 13 Study of different types of Expansion Devices used in Refrigeration system
Exp. 14 Study of various Tools used in Refrigeration & Air conditioning

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test --
2 Mid Semester Test --
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 20
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Viva voce Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses) 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

List of Electives-A Group


Group – A Program Electives
Third Year Electives
Code Subject
ME 352 Gas Dynamics
ME 353 Gas Turbines and Jet Propulsion
ME 354 Automobile Engineering
ME 355 Mechanical Measurement
ME 356 Robotics in Manufacturing
ME 357 Materials Handling
ME 358 Supply Chain Management
ME 359 Statistical Quality Control
ME 360 Mechatronics
ME 361 Theory of Vibrations
ME 362 Mechanics of Deformable Solids
ME 363 Industrial Tribology

Fourth Year Electives


Code Subject
ME 451 Energy Conversion Systems
ME 452 Design of Heat Exchangers
ME 453 Solar Energy
ME 454 Non- Conventional Energy Sources
ME 455 Energy Audit Carbon Sequestration
ME 456 Computational Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer
ME 457 Wind Energy Technology
ME 458 Additive Manufacturing Technologies
ME 459 Advanced Production Engineering
ME 460 Nano Manufacturing
ME 461 Lean Manufacturing
ME 462 Composite Materials
ME 463 Smart Materials
ME 464 Facility Management and Layout Planning
ME 465 Material Management
ME 466 Organisational Behaviour
ME 467 Total Quality Management
ME 468 Marketing Management
ME 469 Product Design and Development
ME 470 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity
ME 471 Fracture Mechanics and Failure Analysis
ME 472 Mechanics of Composite Materials
ME 473 Computational Methods
ME 474 Analysis and Design of Mechanical Control System
ME 475 Advance Machine Design
ME 476 Engineering Optimization
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

ME 477 Maintenance Engineering and Management


ME 478 Advanced Operations Research
ME 479 Service Operation Management
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

ELECTIVES GROUP-A

Name of Program B.Tech. Semester: Year:

Name of Course Gas Dynamics

Course Code ME-352

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisite if any:
1. Engineering Thermodynamics
2. Fluid Mechanics
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve flow equations for quasi one dimensional flow through variable area ducts.
2. Analyze the flow through constant area ducts with friction and heat transfer.
3. Analyze flows with normal and oblique shocks
4. Solve flow problems with supersonic velocities using shock-expansion theory
5. Solve linearized velocity potential equation for multi-dimensional flows.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Review of basic fluid dynamic and thermodynamic principles,
Conservation equations for inviscid flows
Unit 2. One Dimensional flow: One-dimensional wave motion, normal shock waves, Oblique
shock waves, Prandtl-Meyer expansions and applications, Generalized one-dimensional
flow
Unit 3. Nozzle Flow: Isentropic flow with area change, Flow with friction (Fanno flow), Flow
with heat addition (Rayleigh flow), Method of characteristics (application to one-
dimensional unsteady isentropic flow)
Unit 4. Supersonic Flow: Velocity Potential Equation, Numerical Techniques for Steady
Supersonic Flow, Time Marching Technique for Supersonic Blunt Bodies and Nozzles
List of Text Books:
1. R. D. Zucker, Oscar Biblarz, Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, JOHN WILEY & SONS,
INC, 2002
2. Yahya, S.M., Fundamentals of Compressible Flow, New age International Pub., 2013.
3. P. Balachandran, Fundamentals of Compressible Fluid Dynamics, PHI Learning, 2009
List of Reference Books:
1. Michel A. Saad, Compressible Fluid Flow, Prentice Hall, 2nd Ed., 1993
2. A. Alexandrou, Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 2001
3. Int J. of Heat and Mass Transfer, Elsevier
URLs:
1. http://www.nptel.ac.in
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1-8 Review of basic fluid dynamic and thermodynamic principles,


Conservation equations for inviscid flows
8-20 One Dimensional flow: One-dimensional wave motion, normal
shock waves, Oblique shock waves, Prandtl-Meyer expansions
and applications, Generalized one-dimensional flow
21-32 Nozzle Flow: Isentropic flow with area change, Flow with friction
(Fanno flow), Flow with heat addition (Rayleigh flow), Method of
characteristics (application to one-dimensional unsteady
isentropic flow)
32-42 Supersonic Flow: Velocity Potential Equation, Numerical
Techniques for Steady Supersonic Flow, Time Marching
Technique for Supersonic Blunt Bodies and Nozzles

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech. Semester: Year:

Name of Course GAS TURBINE & JET PROPULSION


Course Code ME-353
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Engineering Thermodynamics
2. Fluid Mechanics
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basic principles and theory of gas turbine and jet propulsion.
2. Working knowledge of the basic operation and design requirements of propulsion turbo-
machinery components (inlets, compressors, combustors, turbines, afterburners, and
nozzles).
3. Analyse the performance and operating/design constraints for inlets, compressors,
combustors, turbines and nozzles.
4. Analyze the thermodynamic performance of jet engine cycles and compute relevant
performance parameters
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit Gas Turbines: Introduction, classification, application, gas turbine and its components,
1. gas turbine power plants. Optimum pressure ratio for maximum specific and thermal
efficiency in actual gas turbine cycle. Effect of operating variables on thermal efficiency,
air rate and work ratio.
Unit Combustion Chamber: Types of combustion chamber, factors affecting combustion
2. chamber design, combustion processes, combustion chamber performance, fuel injection
systems.
Axial flow turbines & combustion chamber: Classification, elementary theory, vortex
theory, limiting factors in turbine design, overall turbine performance, design
performance of gas turbine plant, matching of turbine components.
Unit Centrifugal Compressors: Pre-whirling, adiabatic efficiency, performance characteristics,
3. pressure coefficient and slip factor, losses, surging, compressor design calculations,
Mach Number.
Unit Axial flow compressors: Principles of operation, simple design method, blade design,
4. calculation of stage, overall performance, compressor characteristics, Mach Number,
Reynolds Number.
Unit Jet Propulsion: Turbojet, turbo prop, ram jet, rocket engines thrust power, propulsive
5. efficiency and thermal efficiency, jet propulsion performance, specifying thrust and
specific fuel consumption in each case for turbo jet and turbo propulsion units.
List of Text Books:
1. Sarvanamuttoo, Cohen H. & Rogers GFC, Gas Turbine Theory, Pearson, 2001
2. Zucrow N.J., Principles of Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbines, John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 1970.
3. Mattingly Jack, Element Gas Turbine Propulsion, Mc Graw Hill, 2009
List of Reference Books:
1. Cohen H. & Rogers GFC, Theory of Gas Turbine, Pearson, 2018
2. Ganesan, V., Gas Turbine, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company, 2010
3. Int J. of Heat and Mass Transfer, Elsevier
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

URLs:
1. http://www.nptel.ac.in
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1-8 Gas Turbines: Introduction, classification, application, gas turbine
and its components, gas turbine power plants. Optimum pressure
ratio for maximum specific and thermal efficiency in actual gas
turbine cycle. Effect of operating variables on thermal efficiency,
air rate and work ratio.
8-20 Combustion Chamber: Types of combustion chamber, factors
affecting combustion chamber design, combustion processes,
combustion chamber performance, fuel injection systems.
Axial flow turbines & combustion chamber: Classification,
elementary theory, vortex theory, limiting factors in turbine design,
overall turbine performance, design performance of gas turbine
plant, matching of turbine components.
21-32 Centrifugal Compressors: Pre-whirling, adiabatic efficiency,
performance characteristics, pressure coefficient and slip factor,
losses, surging, compressor design calculations, Mach Number.
32-42 Jet Propulsion: Turbojet, turbo prop, ram jet, rocket engines
thrust power, propulsive efficiency and thermal efficiency, jet
propulsion performance, specifying thrust and specific fuel
consumption in each case for turbo jet and turbo propulsion units.
*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech. Semester: VI Year -Third

Name of Course Automobile Engineering


Course Code ME 354
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisites if any
1. Not any
Course Outcomes:
1 To enable students to understand functions of various components/subassemblies of
automobiles
2 To enable students to apply engineering design principles to components of
Automobiles
3 To enable students to understand recent trends in alternate fuels and safety systems
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Fuels and fuel systems: general introduction. SI Engines fuel injection systems:
Requirementandneedforfuelinjection.Classificationofsystemsinpractice.MPFIsyste
m operation construction and working of important sensors used in FI injection
system. CI Engine fuel injection systems: Requirement of Diesel injection systems.
Classification–injectors for CI Engines, alternate fuels for CI engines.
Unit 2. Engine induction and Exhaust Systems: Requirements and considerations. Manifold
flowpaths and tuning. Introduction to exhaust gas extraction. Turbocharging, types,
variable geometry turbocharger.
Unit 3. Engine valve operating systems: Effect of Valve timing and valve lift on engine
operation;variable valve lift and variable valve timing. Valve operating conditions.
Multi valve engines. General: Development & Advances in Automobile engineering
Unit 4. Engine types Advanced Engine systems: Ignition systems for petrol engines.
Advanced cooling concepts, radiators and thermostat. Wind shield wiper fuel gauge.
Chassis and suspension: Requirements and general consideration of strength and
stiffness. Enginemountings, types of suspension.
Transmission: Clutch, types, fluid flywheel, torque converter, gear boxes, universal
Unit 5. joint, propeller shaft, differential, rear axles and their types, front axles and their
types. Steering: Factor controlling rolling and directional stability, castor angle,
wheel camber, steeringgeometry and system, power assisted steering.

Unit 6 Brakes: Principle of braking system, braking mechanism, mechanical and hydraulic
brakes, power brakes, vacuum and air brakes. Wheels and Tyres: Wheel drum, tyre,
materials andmanufacturing of tyres, trouble shooting and maintenance and safety.
List of Text Books:
1. R. B. Gupta, Automobile Engineering, Satya Publishers, 2016.
2. GBS Narang, Automobile Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 1995
3. Rajput R K, Automobile Engineering, Laxmi Publications, 2008
List of Reference Books:
1. Joseph Heitner, AutomotiveMechanics, CBS,2004
2. Nunney M J, Light & HeavyVehicleTechnology, Elsevier, 2007
3. William Crouse & Donald Anglin, Automobile EngineeringMechanics, McGraw
Hill, 2007.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107/106/107106088/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to Automobile Engineering, history and
scope of automobile industry in India
2 Fuels and fuel systems: general introduction. SI
Engines fuel injection systems:
3 Requirement and need for fuel injection. Classification of
systems in practice. MPFI system
4 operation construction and working of important sensors used
in FI injection system
5 CI Engine fuel injection systems
6 Requirement of Diesel injection systems, Classification –
injectors for CI Engines
7 Alternate fuels for CI engines
8 Engine induction and Exhaust Systems
9 Requirements and considerations. Manifold flow paths and
tuning
10 Introduction to exhaust gas extraction
11 Turbocharging, types, variable geometry turbocharger.
12 Turbocharging, types, variable geometry turbocharger.
13 Engine valve operating systems
14 MINI TEST
15 Effect of Valve timing and valve lift on engine operation
16 variable valve lift and variable valve timing
17 Valve operating conditions. Multi valve engines.
18 Valve operating conditions. Multi valve engines.
19 General: Development & Advances in Automobile
Engineering
20 Engine types Advanced Engine systems
21 Ignition systems for petrol engines.
22 Advanced cooling concepts, radiators and thermostat.
23 Wind shield wiper fuel gauge.
24 Chassis and suspension
25 Requirements and general consideration of strength and
stiffness
26 Engine mountings, types of suspension.
27 Transmission: Clutch, types, fluid flywheel, torque converter
28 gear boxes, universal joint, propeller shaft, differential
29 rear axles and their types, front axles and their types
30 Steering: Factor controlling rolling and directional stability
31 castor angle, wheel camber
32 stearing geometry and system, power assisted steering
33 stearing geometry and system, power assisted steering
34 Brakes: Principle of braking system, braking mechanism
35 mechanical and hydraulic brakes
36 power brakes, vacuum and air brakes.
37 Wheels and Tyres: Wheel drum, tyre materials
38 manufacturing of tyres
39 trouble shooting and maintenance
40 Safety systems of automobiles
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other

Name of Program B. Tech Semester- Year-


Name of Course Mechanical Measurements
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Course Code ME-355


Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Engineering Physics
2. Manufacturing Process-I

Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to understand the standards of length, angles. Error as well as
CO1
calibration requirements
CO2 Students will be able to design tolerances and fit for selected product quality
Students will be able to choose the appropriate method and instruments for inspection
CO3
of various gear elements and thread elements.
Students will be able to understand the various force and torque, pressure &
CO4
temperature measuring devices
Students will be able to apply advanced metrology devices for the measurement of
CO5
micro/nano components
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Basic principles of measurement, generalized measurement system,
static calibration, calibration, random errors, uncertainty analysis, dynamic
characteristics. Zero, first and second-order measurement systems.
Measurement of length, measurement of angle, Measurement of geometric forms,
straightness, flatness, roundness, etc. Mechanical and optical methods – the study of
optical projectors, toolmakers microscope, optical instruments,and autocollimators,
Measurement of screw threads and gears.
Unit 2. Limit Tolerance & Fits: Concept of limit tolerance and fit, Standardization,
Interchangeability, selective assemblies, I S system, Design of limit gauges
Unit 3. Measurement of surface finish:terminology, specifyingroughness on drawings,
factors affecting surfaceroughness, ideal surface roughness,roughness measurement
methods,precautions in measurement, surfacemicroscopy, surface finish software,
Quantitative evaluation of surface roughness and texture, 2D and 3D surface roughness
parameters, Introduction to CMM, probes for CMM, CMM Software.
Metrology of machine tools: Alignment and practical tests
Unit 4. Temperature measurement: Introduction to temperature measurement.
Thermocouples: laws governing their use; Static and Dynamic characteristics. Other
measurement techniques.
Pressure measurement: Manometers, elastic transducers, static and dynamic
characteristics. Other measurement devices.
Flow measurement: obstruction meters, variable area meters, velocity measurement
Strain measurement: electrical type strain gauges, metallic resistance strain gauge,
selection and installation of strain gages, circuitry for strain measurement, temperature
compensation, calibration, semi-conductor strain gauges, stress analysis methods.
Force and torque measurement: standards, elastic transducers, strain gauge load
cells, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, torque measurement, combined force and
moment measurement.
Unit 5. Advanced Metrology:Advancedmeasuring machines, CNC systems, Laservision,In-
process gauging, 3D metrology,metrology software, Nanotechnology instrumentation
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

like Measurement with Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM), Optical/metallurgical


microscope, Vision measurement system (VMS), Optical Microscopy.
Measurement of motion: LVDT, general theory of seismic instruments, vibrometers
and accelerometers, piezoelectric accelerometers and vibrometers-circuitry and
calibration, exciter systems, vibration test methods.
List of Text Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
16. Metrology & Measurement Anand K Bewoor& Kulkarni, 2009, McGraw-Hill,
A Text-Book of Engineering
17. I.C. Gupta, 1999, Dhanpat Rai Publications
Metrology
18. Engineering Metrology R. K. Jain, 2009, Khanna Publication
List of Reference Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
1. Textbook of Metrology M. Mahajan, 2001, Dhanpat Rai & Co (p) Ltd
Engineering Metrology and
2. Raghavendra & Krishnamurthy, 2013, Oxford
Measurements
3. . Engineering Metrology – K.J. Hume, Macdonald and Co.(publisher) London
4. The Springer handbook of metrology and Testing, Czichos (Ed), 2011
5. The Metrology Handbook- Jay. L.Bucher (ed), American Society for Quality, 2004
6. Industrial Metrology – Smith GT, 2002, Springer
7. Handbook of industrial metrology John W. Greve, Frank W. Wilson,PHI – New Delhi
8. Engineering Metrology D.M.Anthony,Pergamon Press
9. Dimensional Metrology Khare MK, OXFORD-IBH Publishers
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103261/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106138/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104250/

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):


*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1. Basic principles of measurement,
2. The generalized measurement system, static calibration, calibration,
random errors, uncertainty analysis, dynamic characteristics.
3. Zero, first and second-order measurement systems.
4. Measurement of length,
5.
6. Measurement of angle,
7. Measurement of geometric forms, straightness, flatness, roundness, etc.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003
8. Mechanical and optical methods – the study of optical projectors,
toolmakers microscope, and autocollimators,
9. Measurement of screw threads
10. Measurement of screw gears.
11. Concept of limit tolerance and fit,
12.
13. Standardization, Interchangeability, selective assemblies,
14. I S system, Design of limit gauges
15.
16. Measurement of surface finish: terminology, specifying roughness on
drawings,
17. surface roughness parameters,factors affecting surface roughness,
18. ideal surface roughness, roughness measurement methods, precautions in
measurement,
19. surface microscopy, surface finish software,
20. Quantitative evaluation of surface roughness and texture,
21. 2D and 3D surface roughness parameters,
22. Introduction to CMM, probes for CMM, CMM Software.
23. Metrology of machine tools: Alignment and practical tests
24.
25. Temperature measurement: Introduction to temperature measurement.
26. Thermocouples: laws governing their use; Static and Dynamic
characteristics. Other measurement techniques.
27. Pressure measurement: Manometers, elastic transducers, static and
28. dynamic characteristics. Other measurement devices.
29. Flow measurement: obstruction meters, variable area meters, velocity
30. measurement
31. Strain measurement: electrical type strain gauges, metallic resistance
strain gauge, selection and installation of strain gages, circuitry for strain
32. measurement, temperature compensation, calibration, semi-conductor
strain gauges, stress analysis methods.
33. Force and torque measurement: standards, elastic transducers, strain
34. gauge load cells, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, torque measurement,
35. combined force and moment measurement.
36.
37. Advanced Metrology: Advanced measuring machines, CNC systems,
Laser vision.
38. In-process gauging, 3D metrology, metrology software
39. Nanotechnology instrumentation like Measurement with Scanning Electron
40. Microscope (SEM), Optical/metallurgical microscope,
41. Vision measurement system (VMS), Optical Microscopy.
42. Recent development in advance metrology
43. Measurement of motion: LVDT, general theory of seismic instruments,
44. vibrometers and accelerometers, piezoelectric accelerometers and
45. vibrometers-circuitry and calibration, exciter systems, vibration test
methods.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

* Min 48 (for four credit Course)


* Min 40 (For Three credit Course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech (Mechanical Semester- Year-III


Engineering)
Name of Course Robotics in Manufacturing
Course Code ME-356
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Manufacturing Processes-1
2. Manufacturing Processes-2
Course Outcomes:
1. To enable students to understand CAM concepts and prepare CNC programs for given
job
2. To enable students to design CAM systems using various concepts
3. Students can apply basic engineering to learn about robotics design. Will understand
the robot kinematics and robot programming. Understand the application of robots,
know the force and the torque sensing, know the application of robots in various field
of the industry.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit-1 Meaning of CIM, Introduction to CIM, Role of Management in CIM, Expert system,
Introduction to CAM, Scope in Engineering, NC controllers, types of CNC, the
evolution of controllers, components of CNC, CNC tooling, Automatic Pallet
Changer (APC) and Automatic Turret Changer (ATC), Study of various probes and
special tools
Unit-2 CNC Programming. Part programming fundamentals, Manual part programming
methods, Various G & M codes, Absolute and incremental system, TNRC, Tool
length, and diameter compensation, Programming of turning, machining center and
EDM, Use of canned cycles, loop, jump, subroutines, CAPP, APT, Post-processing
Unit-3 Introduction to PLC, Relay device component, PLC architecture, Programming of
PLC, tools for PLC logic design
Unit-4 Group technology, part families, part classification and coding systems, Opitz,
MICLASS, CODE systems, GT machine cells, Generative process planning systems,
benefits of GT.Introduction to FMS, components of FMS, cellular vs. FMS, tool
management systems, flexibility in FMS, FMS layout, AGVs, ASRS, flexible
fixuring
Unit-5 Industrial Robots, Robot physical configurations, components, characteristics, basic
motions, Actuators, End effectors,
Unit-6 Robotic application, Work control interlocks, power sources, sensors, vision system,
kinematics, and dynamics. Robotics programming.
List of Text Books:
1. Steve Krar and Arthar Gill “CNC Technology and Programming”, McGraw Hill Pub.
Company, New Delhi, 1989
2. Ramamurthy, “Computer-Aided Design in Mechanical Engineering”Wiley, 1987
3. Ulrich Rembolds, Christial Blume, “Computer Integrated Manufacturing Technology
and Systems”, 1985
List of Reference Books:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. P. Radhakrishnan& S. Subramanyan “CAD/CAM/CIM” Willey Eastern Limited New


Delhi, 2010
2. Hans B. Kief and J. Frederick Waters “CNC” Glencae Macmillan / McGraw
Hill,2015
3. Yorem Koren, “Robotics for Engineers”, Prentice Hall, 2007
4. Groover, M. P., Automation, Production Systems, and Computer Integrated
Manufacturing, Pearson Education Asia (2009).
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/101/112101098/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/102/112102102/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
L No. Topic Remarks
1. Meaning of CIM, Introduction to CIM, Role of Management in CIM,
Expert system
2. Introduction to CAM, Scope in Engineering, NC controllers, types of
CNC
3. evolution of controllers, components of CNC, CNC tooling,
4. Automatic Pallet Changer (APC) and Automatic Turret Changer (ATC)
5. Study of various probes and special tools
6. CNC Programming. Part programming fundamentals
7. Manual part programming methods, Various G & M codes
8. Absolute and incremental system, TNRC
9. Tool length and diameter compensation, Programming of turning
10. CNC programming fundamentals
11. CNC programming fundamentals
12. Cases and practice
13. machining centre and EDM, Use of canned cycles
14. loop, jump, subroutines, CAPP, APT, Post-processing
15. Introduction to PLC, Relay device component
16. PLC architecture
17. Programming of PLC
18. tools for PLC logic design
19. Group technology, part families
20. part classification and coding systems
21. Opitz, MICLASS, CODE systems
22. GT machine cells
23. Generative process planning systems, benefits of GT
24. Introduction to FMS, components of FMS
25. cellular vs. FMS, tool management systems
26. flexibility in FMS
27. FMS layout, AGVs, ASRS, flexible fixuring
28. Industrial Robots, Robot physical configurations
29. components, characteristics, basic motions
30. Actuators, End effectors, Work control interlocks,power sources, sensors
31. Applications of industrial Robots Process operations Welding, electro-
plating, painting, spraying,
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

32. assembling, material handling, inspection, Future applications.


33. Economic Justification of Industrial Robots
34. Robot Motion Analysis & Control: Introduction to manipulator
kinematics
35. robot dynamics, manipulator dynamics, robot control, task planning.
36. Programming: Basics of robot programming, languages,
37. commands, communications and data processing
38. Vision systems:Introduction, Low level & High-level vision, Sensing &
Digitizing
39. Image processing & analysis, Segmentation
40. Edge detection, Object description & recognition, Interpretation, Noises
in Image

* Min 48 (for four credit Course)


* Min 40 (For Three credit Course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.TECH Semester Year III

Name of Course Material Handling

Course Code ME 357

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisite if any:
1. Facility management & layout planning
2. Industrial Engineering and Operations Research
Course Outcomes:
Able to understand the importance of material handling in improving productivity and to
1. identify various material handling equipments and select them as per their application in
Industries.
Able to automate the safe & quick movement/retrieval of various types of materials within
2.
shop floor or at machine(s) itself or in storageareas.
To know the operation and maintenance of various material handling equipments as per
3.
industry standards.
Description of Contents in detail
Definition & scope of Material Handling (MH) in industries. Engineering and economic
Unit 1. factors. MH relationship to plant layout, productivity & safety. Principles of material
handling.
Objectives of material handling, Characteristics/features of material(s).Unit load concept &
Unit 2.
design. Categories of Material Handling Equipments.
Factors Affecting the selection of Materials Handling Equipments. Transport
Unit 3.
equipments, Positioning equipments, Unit load formation equipments.
Storage equipments, Identification & control equipments. Automated storage and
Unit 4.
retrieval systems (AS/RS).
Unit 5. Automatic guided vehicles (AGV), Robotics in material handling.
Unit 6 Maintenance of Materials Handling Equipments
List of Text Books:
1. Materials Handling and Storage Textbook - by Duvall, Edition 2016-2017.
List of Reference Books:
1. Material Handling System Design-James Apple, Ronald Press, 1972
Hand Book of Industrial Engineering- G. SALVENDY ,3rd Edition, A Wiley-Interscience
2.
Publication, Wiley, 2001
3. Materials Handling Handbook, Raymond A. Kulwiec, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 1986
URLs:
1. https://www.mhi.org/casestudies
2. https://www.mhi.org/publications
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):


*Lecture Topic
No.
1-2 Introduction to material handling; Definition, Scope & terminology
Engineering and economic factors, MH relationship to plant layout, productivity
3-5 & safety

6-8 Principles of MH, Objectives/advantages/limitations of materials handling

9-10 Characteristics/features of material(s)


Categories of Material Handling Equipments, Unit load concept, Unit load
11-14 design considerations
Factors Affecting the selection of Materials Handling Equipments, Various
15-18 transport equipments (Types, Function, construction, specifications, working,
application etc.)

Positioning equipments (Types, Function, construction, specifications, working,


19-22 application etc.)

Unit load formation equipments (Types, Function, construction, specifications,


23- 26 working, application etc.)

27-29 Storage equipments, Identification & control equipments

30-31 Automated storage and retrieval systems (AS/RS).

32-36 Automatic guided vehicles (AGV), Robotics in material handling

37-40 Maintenance of Materials Handling Equipments

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B TECH Semester Year III


Name of Course Supply Chain Management
Course Code ME 358
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. Understanding different types of supply chains
2. Design supply chain network and understating supply chain drivers
3. Analyse supply chain coordination parameters
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction Of Supply Chain Management, Inbound And Outbound Logistics,
Efficient And Responsive Supply Chain, Supply Chain Case Studies
Unit 2. Different Types Of Supply Chains: Agile And Lean Supply Chains, Green Supply Chain
Management, Food Supply Chain Management, Humanitarian Logistics, Local
&Global Supply Chain Management
Unit 3. Supply Chain Drivers, Supply Chain Network Design, Warehousing, Facility Location
Unit 4. Inventory Strategies and Management, Inventory Systems, Stochastic Inventory
Model, Demand Forecasting
Unit 5. Transportation, Third Party Logistics, Reverse Logistics, Distribution Planning
Unit 6 Supply Chain Coordination, Bullwhip Effect, Information Technology Tools In
Supply Chains,
List of Text Books:
1. Supply Chain Management Strategy, Planning And Operations,Chopra, S., And Meindl,
P.,Prentice Hall, 2001
2. Designing And Managing The Supply Chain: Simchi-Levi And Ravi Shankar: Tata
Mcgraw Hill, 2008
3. Operations And Supply Chain Management: RusselAnd Taylor Wiley Publication, 2016
List Of Reference Books:
1. Logistics And Supply Chain Management, Martin Christopher, Pearson., 2016
2. Introduction To Supply Chain Management, R.B. HandfieldAnd E.L. Nochols, Jr..Prentice
Hall., 1998
3. Business Logistics And Supply Chain Management- R Ballou, Pearson (Indian Edition),
2007
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107074/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105141/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction Of Supply Chain Management
2. Scope Of Supply Chain Management
3 Inbound And Outbound Logistics,
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

4 Efficient And Responsive Supply Chain,


5 Supply Chain Case Studies
6 Supply Chain Case Studies
7 Supply Chain Case Studies
8 Agile And Lean Supply Chains,
9 Green Supply Chain Management
10 Food Supply Chain Management,
11 Humanitarian Logistics,
12 Local & Global Supply Chain Management
13 Supply Chain Drivers,
14 Supply Chain Drivers
15 Supply Chain Network Design,
16 Supply Chain Network Design,
17 Warehousing,
18 Facility Location
19 Facility Location
20 Inventory Strategies And Management,
21 Inventory Systems
22 Stochastic Inventory Model
23 Stochastic Inventory Model
24 Demand Forecasting
25 Forecasting Methods
26 Forecasting Methods
27 Forecasting Methods
28 Transportation,
29 Transportation,
30 Third Party Logistics,
31 Reverse Logistics,
32 Distribution Planning
33 Distribution Planning
34 Supply Chain Coordination,
35 Bullwhip Effect,
36 Causes Of Bullwhip Effect
37 Information Technology Tools In Supply Chains
38 Supply Chain Softwares
39 ERP
40 ERP
41 Seminar
42 Seminar

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester --- Year ---


Name of Course Statistical Quality Control
Course Code ME- 359
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. To introduce students, the importance of Quality and Reliability in Manufacturing
Industry,
2. To impart knowledge of Quality Control activity in Manufacturing Industries,
3. To give practice of drawing control charts with practical cases, and
4. To give exposure to acceptance sampling concepts and reliability to students.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction to Quality Control, Fundamentals of statistical concepts and techniques in
quality control and improvement, graphical methods and data representation,
Magnificent seven tools of quality
Unit 2. Statistical process control using control charts, design of control charts, Control charts
for variables and attributes, X-bar, np, p, c, u charts, and Process capability analysis.
Unit 3. Acceptance sampling plans for attributes and variables, operating characteristic curves,
A & L system for Lot by Lot acceptance sampling, Sampling plans, MILSTD411, Dodge
-Romig sampling plans, LTPD, AOQL.
Unit 4. Special sampling plans, Chain sampling, Continuous sampling, Skip lot, Economic
design of sampling plans.
Unit 5. Life testing, Life cycle curve and probability distributions in modeling reliability, system
reliability. Experimental Design and Taguchi Methods, Factorial designs, Signal to
noise ratio, Taguchi definition of Quality, robust design concept.
List of Text Books:
1. Introduction to Statistical Quality Control by Douglas C. Montgomery, Wiley publishers,
2016
2. Statistical Quality Control by Eugene L Leavenworth, McGraw Hill, 2017
3. Quality and Reliability Engineering by Chandrupatla, Cambridge Publications, 2009
List of Reference Books:
1. Quality planning and analysis by J.Juran, McGraw Hill Education, 2017
2. Statistical Quality Control by M.Mahajan, DhanpatRai and Co, 2016

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):


*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to SQC, definition and application areas in
industry
2. Fundamentals of statistical concepts, discrete and continuous
distributions
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3 Practice on problem solving: Hyper geometric, binomial and


Poisson dist.
4 Quality Control stages in industry and relevance of SQC in QC
5 Seven statistical tools of QC: Frequency diagram and
Histogram
6 Interpretation of Histogram and Quality Control
7 Run chart, Pareto diagram, Cause and effect diagram and Box
plot
8 Stem and Leaf plot, normal probability plot and examples
9 Practice on Histogram and Box plots Mini test
10 Introduction to control charts and design of control charts
11 Definition of variables and attributes and associated statistical
distributions
12 Control charts for variables and attributes : similarities and
differences
13 Rules applied for acceptance of control charts and examples
14 Introduction to X bar and R charts, solution of example
problems
15 X bar R charts, Scrap and Rework calculations and use of
Tables
16 Attribute type charts p, c and u charts and use of tables
17 Practice on variable and attribute charts
18 Practice on variable and attribute charts
19 Process Capability definition and six sigma concepts
20 Analysis of Process capability and problem solving MID Exam
syllabus
21 Summary of Control Charts and Process Capability Analysis
22 Introduction to acceptance sampling, variables and attributes
23 Definition and relevance of OC curves in AS and example
problems
24 Types of OC curves and how to refer them
25 Sampling Plans and use of statistical tables, single, double,
multiple
26 Sampling Plans and use of statistical tables, single, double,
multiple
27 Sampling schemes, AQL, AOQL, LTPD, α- risk and β- risk, Assignment
ASN, API
28 Sampling systems: MILSTD 411
29 Sampling systems: Dodge-Romig sampling plan
30 Practice problems on sampling systems Quiz
31 Chain sampling, continuous sampling, flow charts, context of
application
32 Skip lot sampling and economic design of sampling plans
33 Summary of Acceptance Sampling plans, schemes and systems
34 Introduction to life testing and Reliability
35 Bath tub curve and its significance in reliability
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

36 Probability distributions used for modelling Reliability:


Weibulldistn.
37 System reliability, series and parallel systems and combined
systems
38 Introduction to Experimental design and Taguchi Methods Practice
Problems
39 Taguchi definition of Quality and how to choose experimental
design
40 Introduction to factorial design, 2 factorial and 3 factorial
designs.
41 Introduction to signal to noise ratio and its significance in
choosing levels
42 Summary of Reliability and Experimental Design End Sem
Examination

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program Bachelor of Technology in Semester: Year:


Mechanical Engineering
Name of Course Mechatronics
Course Code ME 360
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. NIL
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify various components of a mechatronic system and their correlations and
explain dynamic characteristics of the system
2. Devise mathematical model various closed loop control systems and explain their
working
3. Select transducers, sensors, operational amplifiers, signal condition and data
acquisition systems for various applications and explain their working
4. Explain the working of various components and internal architecture of
microprocessors and microcontrollers and write program to accomplish simple tasks
5. Select various mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic actuators for a
particular application.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Evolution of Mechatronics, Elements of Mechatronics system,
Measurement Systems, Dynamics response of systems
Unit 2. Controllers: Control Systems, Feedback, open loop and closed loop control Basic
control actions. Proportional, integral and derivative control. Op Amp based PID
controller, Transfer function, block diagram reduction
Unit 3. Sensors & Transducers: Performance terminology, Various types of sensors and
transducers and their applications.
Unit 4. Signals and Signal conditioning: Operational amplifiers and its applications,
analogue to digital and digital to analogue conversion. Data acquisition
Unit 5. Microprocessors: Logic building and processing, logic gates, combinational and
sequential logic, fuzzy logic, microprocessor and its programming, microcontroller.
Introduction to ladder programming (for PLCs like Allen Bradley, Siemen etc used
in industries)
Unit 6 Actuation systems: Mechanical actuators, Applications, Electrical actuators and
their applications, Hydraulic and pneumatic actuation systems. Hydraulic and
pneumatic circuit for industrial applications
List of Text Books:
1. W. Bolton, Mechatronics A multidisciplinary approach, Pearson India, Chennai, 4th Ed.,
2016.
2. D.G. Alciatore, M.B. Histand, Introduction to mechatronics and measurement systems,
McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., Chennai, 4th Ed., 2014
List of Reference Books:
1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 4th Ed., 2002.
2. John Crisp, Introduction to Microprocessors and Micontrollers, Elsevier, 2nd Edition,
2004
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. Norman S Nise, Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., USA, 6th Ed.,
2011.
4. C.A. Alexander, M.N.O. Sadiku, Fundamentals of Electrical circuits, McGraw Hill
Education, USA, 3rd Ed.
5. Andrew Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Elsevier, 3rd Edition, 2011.
URLs:
1. https://howtomechatronics.com/arduino-projects/
2. https://mechatronics.colostate.edu/video-demos/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to the course, components of a mechatronic
system
2. Review of basic electrical and electronic components
3. Review of various electrical circuit theorems
4. Review of Laplace transformations
5. Review of Inverse Laplace transformations
6. Dynamic response of zero and first order systems, examples
7. Dynamic response of second order system, examples
8. Introduction to transfer function G(s), G(s) for first and second
order systems
9. Control Systems, Feedback, open loop and closed loop control,
basic control actions
10. Representation of closed loop control system with block
diagram, reduction of block diagram
11. Closed loop controllers, various control modes: two step
mode, proportional mode, derivative control mode, integral
control mode, PID controller, implementation
12. Position and speed measurement sensors, potentiometer,
LVDT
13. Digital optical encoders, absolute and incremental encoders,
construction, working and applications
14. Electrical resistance strain gauge, measurement of resistance
change with a wheat stone bridge, gauge factor
15. Measuring different states of stress with strain gauge, force
measurement with load cell
16. Laws of Thermocouple, Types of thermocouple,
Thermocouple tables and calibration
17. Piezo resistive and piezoelectric sensors, applications
18. Introduction to operational amplifiers
19. Inverting, Non-inverting, summing amplifiers, respective
applications
20. Integrating and differentiating amplifiers, difference
amplifiers, respective applications
21. Logarithmic amplifiers, comparators
22. Analogue to digital conversion, Sampling theorem
23. Digital to analogue conversion
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

24. Analogue to digital converters, successive approximation AD


converters
25. Ramp form AD converters, Flash type AD converters,
specifications of AD converters
26. Weighted resistor Digital to analogue converters
27. Review of Hexadecimal numbers, Conversion of denary to
hexadecimal numbers and vice-versa, Conversion of binary to
hexadecimal number and viceversa
28. Review of Logic gates and their applications
29. Sequential and combinational circuits, Concept of S-R Latch
and clock
30. S-R flip flop, D-flip flop, Registers and their types
31. General architecture of microprocessor system, types of buses
and functions
32. Internal architecture of a microprocessor, Functions of each
component, Common type of registers,
33. Types of memory, Input/output devices
34. Examples of microprocessors, microcontrollers
35. Basic programming of microprocessors, Assembly language
programs, examples
36. Hydraulic systems: Hydraulic power supply and accumulator,
gear pump, vane pump, radial and axial piston pump.
37. Pneumatic systems: compressors, directional control valves
pressure control valves
38. Servo and proportional control valves, process control valves
39. Mechanical actuation system: Review of cams, gears, belt and
chain drives and bearings
40. Electrical actuation systems: Solenoids, AC and DC motors,
stepper motors

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B Tech in Mechanical
Name of Program Semester Year
Engineering
Name of Course Theory of Vibrations

Course Code ME 361

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisite if any:
1.
2.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Learn the phenomenon of vibrations and methods of analysis.
2. Learn the balancing of machines through vibration analysis.
3. Analyze the single degree of freedom systems related complexities of vibration problems.
4. Formulate the simple models for mechanical vibration of machines, vehicles, and
structures.
5. Implement the numerical methods for finding out the natural frequencies, mode shapes
and free and forced vibration response.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Fundamentals of Vibrations, Free Undamped Vibrations, Methods of Analysis
Unit 2. Damped Free Vibrations, Types of Damping, Viscous and Coulomb damping
Unit 3. Forced Vibrations, Constant Harmonic Excitation, Rotating and Reciprocating
Unbalance, Support Motion
Unit 4. Forced Vibrations with Coulomb damping, Non-harmonic Excitation, Vibration
Isolation and Transmissibility, Vibration Measuring Instruments
Unit 5. Torsional Vibrations, Two rotor & Three rotor systems, Geared Systems, Forced
Vibrations
Unit 6 Transverse Vibrations of beams, Dunkerlays and Rayleigh Method
List of Text Books:
1. G K Grover, 2009, Mechanical Vibrations, Nem Chand & Bros, Roorkee.
2. W. T. Thomson, M. D. Dahleh and C. Padmanabhan, 2008, Theory of Vibration with
Applications, Pearson Education India: New Delhi.
3. S. S. Rao, 2003, Mechanical Vibrations, 4th Edition, and Pearson India: New Delhi.
4. S. Graham Kelly, 2000, Fundamentals of Mechanical Vibrations, McGraw-Hill:
Singapore.
List of Reference Books:
1. T. Proulx, Vibration Problems in Engineering, 2008, Technology & Engineering, 2nd
edition, New York.
2. J S Rao, 1999, Introductory Course on Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations,
New Age International, New Delhi.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. L. Meirovitch, 2001, Elements of Vibration Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill: New Delhi.


4. J. P. Den Hartog, 1985, Mechanical Vibrations, Dover Publications: New York.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107212/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103111/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103112/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction of fundamentals of vibrations
2. Simple Harmonic Motion; Periodic Motion Unit 1
3. Fourier Series; Few Properties of Fourier series
4. Free Vibration of Spring-mass System
5. Formulation of Governing Equation of Motion of SDOF System
6. Free Vibration of Spring-mass-dashpot System
7. Methods of analyses: Energy method; Rayleigh’s method;
8. Equilibrium method
9. Different cases of the spring-mass-dashpot system: Unit 2
10. Underdamped; Overdamped and Critically damped
11.
12. Logarithmic Decrement in Underdamped case.
13.
14. Free Vibration of a Spring-mass System with Coulomb
15. Damping.
16. Harmonic Forced Vibration of Spring-mass-dashpot System; Unit 3
17.
18. Complex Frequency Response
19. Vibration Isolation
20. Rotating and Reciprocating Unbalance
21.
22. Support Motion: Absolute and Relative motions
23.
24. Harmonic Forced Vibration due to Rotating Unbalance; Rotor Unit 4
25. Unbalance
26. Whirling of Rotating Shafts
27. Harmonic Excitation of the Dynamical System by the Motion
28. of the Support Point
29. Energy Dissipated by Viscous Damping; Equivalent Viscous
30. Damping; Structural Damping; Sharpness of Resonance
31. Vibration Measuring Instruments: Seismometer and
32. Accelerometer;
33. Phase Distortion
34. Application of Laplace Transform to Solve Differential
Equation of SDOF System
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

35. Response of the Undamped Spring-mass system to Different


Pulse Excitations
36. Shock Response Spectrum and Shock Isolation
37. Finite Difference Numerical Computation of Transient
Vibration of SDOF System
38. Normal Mode Analysis of Multi-Degree-of-Freedom (MDOF) Unit 5
System Free Vibration
39. Illustration of Coordinate Coupling is a Choice of Coordinate
Selection to Define the Motion of a MDOF System
40. Forced Harmonic Vibration Response of a Multi-Degree-of-
Freedom System: Two rotor & Three rotor systems
41. Orthogonality of Mode Shapes (Eigen vectors); Modal Matrix;
Decoupling of undamped Forced Vibration
42. Modal Damping in Forced Vibration; Rayleigh Damping;
Normal Mode Summation
43. Application of Finite Difference Method to compute Forced
Vibration Response of MDOF System
44. Tuned Vibration Absorber; Centrifugal Pendulum Vibration
Absorber
45. Transverse Vibration of String Unit 6
46. Transverse Vibrations of beams
47. Dunkerlays and Rayleigh Methods
48. Lateral Vibrations of Euler Beam

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech. Semester Year III


(U.G.)
Name of Course Mechanics of Deformable Solids
Course Code ME-362
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisites, if any:
1. Strength of Materials / Mechanics of Materials
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand generalized Hooke’s law and its scope.
2. Apply Energy Theorems for deflection calculations in real engineering applications.
3. Utilize advanced concepts and techniques of MOM to analyze and design relatively
complex components and systems, like - thick pressure vessels, statically indeterminate
beams, etc.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit Generalized Hooke’s Law, Stresses and Strains in 3-D, Cauchy Formula, Principal
1. Stresses, Hydrostatic Stresses, Deviatoric Stresses, and Octahedral Shear Stresses.
Unit Stress Transformations, Strain Transformations, Principal Strains, Strain Energy
2. Densities, Strain Measurements and Rosette Analyses.
Unit Energy Methods, Energy Theorems, Applications of Energy Theorems.
3.
Unit Statically Indeterminate Structural Elements, Axially Loaded Bars and Structures,
4. Flexibility Method and Stiffness Method, Thermal Effects, Misfits and Prestrains,
Inelastic Material Behaviour.
Unit Statically Indeterminate Beams, Fixed and Continuous Beams, Methods of Analysis,
5. Unsymmetrical Bending, Shear Center, Bending of Curved Beams, Curved Beam
Flexure Formula, Analysis and Design of Crane Hooks & Chain Links.
Unit Thick Pressure Vessels, Thick Cylinders, Lame’s Theory, Comparison with Thin
6 Cylinder Theory, Compound Cylinders, Shrinkage Allowance, Hub shrunk on Solid
Shaft, Force Fits, Wire – wound Thick Cylinders, Thick Spherical Shells.
List of Text Books:
1. Mechanics of Materials (Vol. 1 & Vol. 2), 3E, E. J. Hearn, Butterworth-Heinemann
2. Advanced Mechanics of Solids & Structures, 1E/2018, N. Krishna Raju, McGraw – Hill
Education
3. Intermediate Mechanics of Materials,1E, Madhukar Vable, Oxford University Press
4. Strength of Materials, G. H. Ryder, Palgrave Macmillan
List of Reference Books:
1. Mechanics of Materials, Enhanced 9E/2020, Barry Goodno & James M. Gere, Cengage
Learning.
2. Strength of Materials, Part I & II, 3E, Stephen Timoshenko, Krieger Pub Co.
3. Strength of Materials, 2012, J. P. Den Hartog, Dover Publications
4. Advanced Mechanics of Solids, 3E/2008, L. S. Srinath, McGraw – Hill Education
5. Mechanics of Materials, 8E/2019, Ferdinand Beer, et al, McGraw – Hill Education
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/101/112101095/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/106/105106049/#
3. https://gradeup.co/theories-of-failures-i-2bcb95d0-83cf-11e6-890c-51e8ac482cfb
4. https://engineeringlibrary.org/reference/thick-pressure-vessels-air-force-stress-manual
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Overview of Generalized Hooke’s Law – I
2. Overview of Generalized Hooke’s Law – II
3. Cauchy Formula – I (Introduction)
4. Cauchy Formula - II (Further Discussions)
5. Principal Stresses, Hydrostatic Stresses, Deviatoric Stresses
–I
6. Principal Stresses, Hydrostatic Stresses, Deviatoric Stresses
– II
7. Octahedral Shear Stresses
8. Stress Transformations
9. Strain Transformations
10. Strain Energy Densities
11. Strain Measurements and Rosette Analyses - I
12. Strain Measurements and Rosette Analyses - II
13. Strain Measurements and Rosette Analyses - III
14. Energy Methods / Energy Theorems - I
15. Energy Methods / Energy Theorems – II
16. Energy Methods / Energy Theorems - III
17. Energy Methods / Energy Theorems - IV
18. Energy Methods / Energy Theorems - V
19. Energy Methods / Energy Theorems - VI
20. Energy Methods / Energy Theorems - VII
21. Statically Indeterminate Structural Elements, Axially
Loaded Bars and Structures.
22. Flexibility Method
23. Stiffness Method
24. Thermal Effects
25. Misfits and Prestrains - I
26. Misfits and Prestrains - II
27. Inelastic Material Behaviour
28. Fixed and Continuous Beams – I
29. Fixed and Continuous Beams - II
30. Fixed and Continuous Beams - III
31. Unsymmetrical Bending and Shear Center - I
32. Unsymmetrical Bending and Shear Center - II
33. Bending of Curved Beams, Curved Beam Flexure Formula.
34. Analysis and Design of Crane Hooks & Chain Links - I
35. Analysis and Design of Crane Hooks & Chain Links - II
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

36. Thick Cylinders, Lame’s Theory, Comparison with Thin


Cylinder Theory.
37. Compound Cylinders
38. Shrinkage Allowance, Hub shrunk on Solid Shaft, Force
Fits.
39. Wire – wound Thick Cylinders
40. Thick Spherical Shells

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester Year


Name of Course Industrial Tribology
Course Code ME-363
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. To enable students to understand wear characteristics of tribological joints
2. To enable students to design and analyze tribological systems
3. To enable students to understand lubrication properties at different temeratures
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Surface interactions, science of rubbing surface, wear rate, modelling and
solution of simple problems. Material properties influencing interactions:
Unit 2. Introduction, elastic properties, plastic deformation properties, relation between the
strength and other properties of solids, chemical reactivity of surfaces, absorbed surface
layer, surface energy, relation between surface energy and hardness, surface interfacial
energies of solids under engineering condition.
Unit 3. Surface Interaction: Size of real contact area and effect of surface energy, size of
junction, rheological properties. Wear in tribological joints - classification, calculation
methods with allowance for stiffness, wear limits, reliability of joints, simple examples
Unit 4. Friction: Introduction, laws, function, properties of uncontaminated metals in air,
outguessed metal surface, calculation of flash temperature using surface energy, stic-
slip and its prevention.
Unit 5. Quantitative expression for abrasive wear, of hardness and particle size on abrasive
wear rate, surface fatigue wear, brittle fracture wear, corrosive wear with types.
Unit 6 Lubrication: Solid film lubrication, boundary lubrication with single and multiple
penetration model, properties of lubricants, effectiveness of lubrication-intermediate
temperature, behaviour of a solid lubrication below melting point effect of speed, load
on lubrication
List of Text Books:
1. A. Cameron, “Basic Lubrication Theory”, John Wiley and Sons, 1981
2. E. Rabinwicz, “Friction and wear of Materials”, Wiley, 1995
3. L. Higgens , “Maintenance Engg. Hand Book”, McGraw Hill, 2001
List of Reference Books:
1. Theomang, “Industrial Lubrication”, Wiley, 2010.
2. Gegner, J, Tribology Fundamentals and Advancements, INTECH, 2014.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/102/112102015/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Overview of Tribology and relevance to industry
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. Surface interactions, science of rubbing surface


3 wear rate, modelling and solution of simple problems
4 wear rate, modelling and solution of simple problems
5 Material properties influencing interactions
6 Material properties influencing interactions
7 elastic properties, plastic deformation properties
8 relation between the strength and other properties of solids
9 chemical reactivity of surfaces
10 absorbed surface layer, surface energy
11 relation between surface energy and hardness
12 surface interfacial energies of solids under engineering
condition
13 MINI TEST
14 Surface Interaction: Size of real contact area and effect of
surface energy
15 size of junction, rheological properties
16 Wear in tribological joints - classification
17 calculation methods with allowance for stiffness
18 wear limits, reliability of joints, simple examples
19 wear limits, reliability of joints, simple examples
20 Friction: Introduction, laws
21 function, properties of uncontaminated metals in air
22 outguessed metal surface
23 calculation of flash temperature using surface energy
24 stic-slip and its prevention
26 stic-slip and its prevention
27 Quantitative expression for abrasive wear, of hardness and
28 particle size on abrasive wear rate
29
30 surface fatigue wear, brittle fracture wear, corrosive wear with
31 types.
32 Lubrication: Solid film lubrication
33 boundary lubrication with single and multiple penetration
model
34 properties of lubricants
35 effectiveness of lubrication-intermediate temperature
36 behaviour of a solid lubrication below melting point
37 effect of speed, load on lubrication
38 Calculations and models for the above

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester Year


Name of Course Energy Conversion Systems
Course Code ME 451
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. ME 2305 - Engineering Thermodynamics
Course Outcomes:
1. Proficiency in Thermodynamics of energy conversion and Study of various parameters
for measuring the performance of the output.
2. Ability in understanding atomization in Industrial Sector.
3. Understand the energy conversion systems for thermal power plants.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction Classification of Energy Sources, Principle fuels for energy conversion,
Conventional and Renewable Energy Sources, Conversion of primary into secondary
energy sources, Various power plants.
Unit 2. Thermal and Mechanical Energy, Site selection of thermal power plant, Layout of
modern thermal power plant, Thermal energy using fossil fuels, Conversion of
Thermal Energy to Mechanical energy and Power, Turbines, Steam turbines,
Hydraulic turbines.
Unit 3. Thermal and Mechanical Energy Utility systems, Types of Boilers, combustion in
boilers, firing arrangement and types of burners, FBC Boilers, mechanism of fluidized
bed combustion, advantages, types of FBC boilers, operational features, retrofitting
FBC system to conventional boilers.
Unit 4. Environmental Aspects of Power Generation, Methods of Pollution control, Waste
Heat Recovery, Power station economics, performance evaluation, analysis of losses,
feed water treatment, blow down.
Unit 5. Fuel Cell Technology Overview of fuel cells, Fuel cell thermodynamics, fuel cell
efficiency, Fuel cell characterization, Fuel cell modelling and system integration,
Hydrogen production from renewable sources and storage, life cycle analysis of fuel
cells.
List of Text Books:
1. G. Petrecca, Energy Conversion and Management: Principles and Applications,
Springer, 2014
2. P.K.Nag, Power Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006
3. S. Domkundwar, Power Plant Engineering, Dhanpat Rai,1984
List of Reference Books:
1. G.D. Rai, Khanna, Power Plant Engineering, 1996
2. G.R. Nagpal, Power Plant Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 2007
3. M.K. Gupta, Power Plant Engineering, PHI Learning, 2015
URLs:
1. www.swayam.gov.in
2. www.nptel.ac.in
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Introduction
2. Classification of Energy Sources
3. Principle fuels for energy conversion
4. Conventional and Renewable Energy Sources
5. Conventional and Renewable Energy Sources
6. Conversion of primary into secondary energy sources,
7. Conversion of primary into secondary energy sources,
8 Various power plants
9. Thermal and Mechanical Energy
10. Site selection of thermal power plant
11. Layout of modern thermal power plant
12. Thermal energy using fossil fuels
13. Conversion of Thermal Energy to Mechanical energy and Power
14. Turbines, Steam turbines, Hydraulic turbines
15. Thermal and Mechanical Energy Utility systems
16. Types of Boilers
17. Combustion in boilers
18. Firing arrangement and types of burners
19. FBC Boilers
20. Mechanism of fluidized bed combustion
21. Types of FBC boilers
22. Operational features, retrofitting FBC system to conventional
boilers.
23. Environmental Aspects of Power Generation
24. Environmental Aspects of Power Generation
25. Methods of Pollution control
26. Waste Heat Recovery
27. Power station economics, performance evaluation,
28. Power station economics, performance evaluation,
29. Analysis of losses
30. Feed water treatment, blow down
31. Fuel Cell Technology Overview of fuel cells
32. Fuel Cell Technology Overview of fuel cells
33. Fuel cell thermodynamics
34. Fuel cell efficiency
35. Fuel cell characterization
36. Fuel cell modelling and system integration
37. Hydrogen production from renewable sources and storage
38. Life cycle analysis of fuel cells.

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Course DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS

Course Code ME 452

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisite if any:
1. Heat and Mass Transfer , Mathematics, Thermodynamics
2. Fluid Mechanics
Course Outcomes:
1. To analyze and solve heat exchanger problems by applying principles of mathematics,
Science and engineering.
2. Learn to use modern tools, techniques and skills to fulfill industrial needs related to
design of heat exchanger.
3. To develop skills in the analysis of heat exchanger with mathematical modelling for
applications in research or design.
4. To develop design systems as per the desired needs based on economical, social,
environmental issues associated with engineering practices.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Classification, temperature distribution for parallel flow, counter flow, cross flow, heat
exchanger, evaporators and condensers, concept of LMTD and overall heat transfer
coefficient. Correction factors (F) for various flow arrangement, comparison of different
methods, NTU method for gauging exchanger performance, LMTD for parallel, counter and
cross flowheatexchangers, methods of effectiveness.
Unit 2. Important design considerations: Design methodology, Selection criteria, general
selectionguide lines, thermodynamic modelling and analysis, material selection and
optimization of heat exchangers. Vibrations induced by flow, International Standards for heat
exchangers.
Unit 3. Film Coefficients of Fluids and Tubes, Equivalent diameter for fluids flowing in Annuli, Film
coefficients for fluids in Annuli, Fouling factors, The Caloric or Average Fluid Temperature,
Heat load, LMTD and NTU methods of evaluation of heat exchangers, The calculation of
double pipe exchanger: Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements

Unit 4. Tube layouts, Baffle spacing, types of shell and tube exchangers, the calculations of shell
andtube exchangers shell side film coefficients, shell side equivalent diameter, The true
temperature difference in a 1-2 exchanger. Influence of approach temperature on correction
factor, Shell- side pressure drop, Tube side pressure drop, Analysis of Performanceof 1-
2exchangers and Design calculation of shell and tube heat exchangers.
Unit 5. Gasketed, brazed rating and sizing, design considerations, surface geometrics, pressure drop
calculations, limiting cases for design.
List of Text Books:
1. Donald Q. Kern, “Process Heat Transfer”, Tata McGraw-hill Publishing Company,
Ltd. Second edition 1997.
2. Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design, John Wiley & Sons. R K Shah and D P
Sekulic,2003
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. Heat Exchangers, CRC Press, A Kakac, H Liu, 2002


4. Handbook for Heat Exchangers and Tube Banks Design D. Annaratone , Springer Verlag,
2010
5. Compact Heat Exchangers, Pergamon, J.E. Hesselgreaves, 2001
List of Reference Books:
1. Robert W. Serth, “Process heat transfer principles and applications”, Academic press,
Elesevier, 2007
2. Sarit Kumar Das, “Process heat transfer”, Alpha Science International, 2005
3. John E. Hesselgreaves, “Compact heat exchangers: selection, design, and operation”, Elsevier
science Ltd, 2001.
4, Kuppan. T., “Heat exchanger design hand book”, New York : Marcel Dekker, 2000.
URLs:
1. www.nptel.ac.in
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nc_details/NPTEL
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1. Introduction of heat exchangers ,Classification
2. Temperature distribution for parallel flow, counter flow, cross flow, heat
exchanger evaporators and condensers
3. Temperature distribution for cross flow, heat exchanger evaporators and
condensers
4. Concept of LMTD and overall heat transfer coefficient.
5. Correction factors (F) for various flow arrangement
6. Comparison of different methods, NTU method for gauging exchanger
performance,Methods of effectiveness
7. Problems on LMTD and overall heat transfer coefficient
8. Problems on NTU method and Effectiveness
9. Important design considerations, Design methodology
10. Selection criteria, General selection guide lines, Material selection
11. Thermodynamic modelling and analysis
12. Thermodynamic modelling and analysis
13. Optimization of heat exchangers
14. Optimization of heat exchangers
15. Vibrations induced by flow
16. International Standards for heat exchangers
17. Film Coefficients of Fluids and Tubes
18. Equivalent diameter for fluids flowing in Annuli
19. Film coefficients for fluids in Annuli
20. Fouling factors - The Caloric or Average Fluid Temperature
21. Heat load - LMTD and NTU methods of evaluation of heat exchangers
22. Heat load - LMTD and NTU methods of evaluation of heat exchangers
23. Design of Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

24. Design of Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements


25. Design of Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements
26. Design of Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements
27. Design of Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements
28. Design of Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements
29. Design of Double pipe exchangers in series – parallel arrangements
30. Types of shell and tube exchangers, Tube layouts, Baffle spacing
31. The calculations of shell and tube exchangers shell side film coefficients
32. Shell side equivalent diameter, The true temperature difference in a 1-2 exchanger
33. Influence of approach temperature on correction factor
34. Shell- side pressure drop -Analysis of Performance of 1-2 exchangers
35. Tube side pressure drop- -Analysis of Performance of 1-2 exchangers
36. Design calculation of shell and tube heat exchangers
37. Design considerations for Compact heat exchanger
38. Design considerations for Compact heat exchanger
39. Gasketed, brazed rating and sizing for Compact heat exchanger
40. Surface geometrics
41. Pressure drop calculations
42. Limiting cases for design
*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester: Year: IV

Name of Course Solar Energy

Course Code ME 453

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisite if any:
1. ME2305 Engineering Thermodynamics
2. ME2602Heat and Mass Transfer
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify renewable energy sources and their utilization
2. Understand the basic concepts of solar radiation geometry and radiation estimation
3. Design solar air heater, solar water heater and parabolic concentrating systems and
analyze losses
4 Analyze various solar thermal systems and solar PV systems
5 Understand energy storage
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Global and Indian scenario of energy sources, energy crisis, potential
uses of solar energy, technical and economic viability of solar energy
Unit 2. Solar Energy: Fundamentals of solar radiation, estimation of solar radiation on
horizontal and inclined surfaces, measurement of solar radiation data.
Unit 3. Solar Collectors: Flat plate collectors, characteristics of flat plate collectors,
losscoefficients and heat transfer to the flowing medium, design andperformance of
solar water heaters, evacuated tube collector and solar air heater. Steady state and
transient analysis. Types of focusing collectors, performance characteristics and
design of focussing collectors.
Unit 4. Solar Systems:Performance analysis of solar cooling systems, solar drying-
agriculture and industrial drying, cabinet type dryer-general considerations, solar
stills-portable and large units, theoretical consideration performance, solar PV
system.
Unit 5. Energy Storage: Need for energy storage, thermal and chemical storage, modelling
of energy storage systems.
List of Text Books:
1. H.P. Garg, J.Prakash. Solar Energy Fundamentals and Applications, Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2000
2. S.P. Sukhatme, J.K. Nayak. Solar Energy, McGrawHill Education, 2017
3. G.N. Tiwari. Solar Energy: Fundamentals, Design, Modelling and Applications, CRC
Press, 2002
List of Reference Books:
1. John A. Duffie, William A. Beckman. Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes, John
Wiley & Sons, 2013
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. G.N. Tiwari, A. Tiwari, Shyam. Handbook of Solar Energy: Theory, Analysis and
Applications, Springer, 2016
3. D.Y. Goswami. Principles of Solar Engineering, Taylor and Francis, 2015
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105050/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1 Global and Indian scenario of energy sources
2-3 Energy crisis, potential uses of solar energy
4 Technical and economic viability of solar energy
5-6 Fundamentals of solar radiation
7-10 Estimation of solar radiation on horizontal and inclined surfaces
11-12 Measurement of solar radiation data
13-14 Flat plate collectors, characteristics of flat plate collectors
15-16 Losscoefficients and heat transfer to the flowing medium
17-20 Design andperformance of solar water heaters, evacuated tube
collector and solar air heater
21-22 Steady state and transient analysis
23 Types of focusing collectors
24-26 Performance characteristics and design of focussing collectors
27-29 Performance analysis of solar cooling systems
30-31 Solar drying-agriculture and industrial drying, cabinet type dryer-
general considerations
32-34 Solar stills-portable and large units, theoretical consideration
performance
35-36 Solar PV system
37 Need for energy storage
38 Thermal and chemical storage
39-40 Modelling of energy storage systems
*Min 36 (for three credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester – Year-


Name of Course Non Conventional Energy Sources
Course Code ME-454
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any: Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. Understanding the physics of solar radiation. Ability to classify the solar energy
collectors and methodologies of storing solar energy.
2. Knowledge in applying solar energy, wind energy and biomass with its economic
aspects.
3. Knowledge in capturing and applying other forms of energy sources like wind, biogas,
geothermal, tidal, wave, small hydro etc.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. General Introduction to Energy Sources, Energy consumption as measure of
prosperity, world energy futures, Energy sources and their availability, Prospects of
renewable energy sources.
Unit 2. Solar Radiation and its Measurement: Introduction, Solar constant, Solar Radiation at
the earth’s surface, Solar radiation geometry, Solar radiation measurements, Solar
radiation data, Estimation of average solar radiation, Solar radiation on tilted surfaces.
Unit 3. Solar Energy Collectors: Introduction, Physical principles of the conversion of solar
radiation into heat, Flat plate collectors, Transmissivity of cover system, Energy
balance equation and collector efficiency, Thermal analysis of flat-plat collector and
useful heat gained by the fluid, Concentrating collector: Focusing Type, Advantages
and disadvantages of concentrating collectors over flat-plate type collectors,
Performance analysis of a cylindrical parabolic concentrating collector, Selective
absorber coatings.
Unit 4. Application of Solar Energy, Solar Energy Storage, Solar energy storage systems,
Solar pond.
Unit 5. Wind Energy: Introduction, Basic principles of wind energy conversion,
Classifications of Wind Energy, Analysis of Aerodynamic Forces acting on the blade,
performance of wind machines, Application of wind energy, Environmental aspects.
Unit 6 Other Renewable Energy Sources: Biomass, Tidal, Wave, Open and Closed OTEC
cycles, Small hydro, Geothermal energy, etc.
List of Text Books:
1. Renewable Energy Resources by John Twidell & Tony Weir
2. Solar Energy by S P Sukhatme
3. Renewable Energy by Godfrey Boyle
List of Reference Books:
1. G.D. Rai, Non Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1999.
2. H P Garg, Solar Energy,
3. G.N. Tiwari, Solar Energy- Fundamental Design, Modelling and Applications, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.

Lecture Plan
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Lecture No. Topic Remarks


1 to 5 An Introduction to Energy Sources: General, Energy consumption
as measure of prosperity, world energy futures, Energy sources and
their availability, Renewable energy sources, Prospects of
renewable energy sources.
6 to 10 Solar Radiation and its Measurement: Introduction, Solar constant,
Solar Radiation at the earth’s surface, Solar radiation geometry,
Solar radiation measurements, Solar radiation data, Estimation of
average solar radiation, Solar radiation on tilted surfaces.
11 to15 Solar Energy Collectors: Introduction, Physical principles of the
conversion of solar radiation into heat, Flat plate collectors,
Transmissivity of cover system, Energy balance equation and
collector efficiency, Thermal analysis of flat-plat collector and
useful heat gained by the fluid
16 to 20 Concentrating collector: Focusing Type, Advantages and
disadvantages of concentrating collectors over flat-plate type
collectors, Selective absorber coatings
21 to 25 Application of Solar Energy: Introduction, Solar water heating,
Space-heating, Space cooling, Solar thermal electric conversion,
Solar electric power generation: Solar P-V, Agriculture and
industrial process heat, Solar distillation, Solar pumping, Solar
furnace, Solar cooking, Solar green houses, Solar production of
hydrogen.
26 to30 Wind Energy: Introduction, Basic principles of wind energy
conversion, Wind data and energy estimation, Site selection
considerations, Basic components of WECS, Classification of WEC
systems, Advantages and disadvantages of WECS, Types of wind
machines.
31 to35 Analysis of Aerodynamic Forces acting on the blade, performance
of wind machines, Application of wind energy, Environmental
aspects.
36 to 40 Solar Energy Storage: Introduction, Solar energy storage systems,
Solar pond. Other Renewable Energy Sources: Biomass, Tidal,
Wave, Open and Closed OTEC cycles, Small hydro, Geothermal
energy.

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)


9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech. Semester: Year: IV

Name of Course Energy Audit and Carbon Sequestration

Course Code ME 455

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisite if any:
1. Basics of mechanical engineering
2. Thermodynamics
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand basics of energy audit: definition, types, cost, performance, optimization
2. To understand the methods used in energy audit for complete information
3. Able to clearly understand the management part of energy audit
4 Able to understand the carbon capture in the environment.
5 Develop the potential to understand carbon sequestration and management
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Basics of Energy Audit
Definition, need of energy audit, types of energy audit: preliminary energy audit,
Targeted energy audit, detailed energy audit, energy costs, energy conservation,
benchmarking of energy performance, optimizing energy input. maximizing system
efficiencies, input and output of energy audit.
Unit 2. Energy Audit Methodology
Preliminary energy audit methodology, Detailed energy audit methodology, financial
analysis, sensitivity analysis, energy monitoring and training, electrical energy audit,
mechanical system, thermal energy audit, water audit and conservation, data collection,
data analysis, recommendation for better energy efficiency, effects of instruments on
energy audit.
Unit 3. Principles and Objectives of Energy Management
Definition, principles of energy management, energy performance, economic aspects of
machines, optimum energy and utilization, minimizing energy cost and environmental
effects, energy management cycle, energy management system, design of management
programs, duties of energy manager, Indian need of energy management.
Unit 4. Carbon Capture, Energy and Atmosphere
The carboncycle, climate models, energy and electricity, introduction to carbon capture,
absorption, adsorption, membranes, geological carbon sequestration, pre combustion
capture and pro combustion capture, carbon dioxide utilization, carbon negative
technologies.
Unit 5. Carbon Sequestration and Management
Geological sequestration, ocean sequestration, terrestrial sequestration, Carbon
management through abiotic sequestration, carbon sources and carbon sinks, carbon
sequestration in vegetation,deep saline aquifers deposit, carbon farming and carbon
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

trading, carbon auditing, methane source and sink, Strategic management of carbon
emissions: Future predictions, best Management Practices, types of certification.
List of Text Books:
1. A. Thumann, T. Niehus, W. J. Younger, Handbook of energy audits, CRC Press, 2013.
2. W. C. Turner, S. Doty, Energy management handbook, Fairmont press, 1982.
3. B. Smit, J. R. Reimer, C. M. Oldenburg, I. C. Bourg, Introduction to carbon capture and
sequestration, Impireal College Press, 1962.
List of Reference Books:
1. Y. P. Abbi, Energy Audit: thermal power, combined cycle, and cogeneration
plants,TERI Press, 2012.
2. B. L. Capehart, W. C. Turner, W. J. Kennedy, Guide to energy, CRC Press, 2015.
3. H. J. Herzog, Carbon capture, MIT Press 2018.
URLs:
1. https://beeindia.gov.in/sites/default/files/1Ch3.pdf
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/309463130_Energy_Audit_Management
3. http://www.cres.gr/kape/pdf/download/guide_a_uk.pdf
4. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/6079761_Carbon_sequestration
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1-4 Definition, need of energy audit, types of energy audit: -
preliminary energy audit, Targeted energy audit, detailed energy
audit.
5-8 Energy costs, energy conservation, benchmarking of energy -
performance, optimizing energy input. maximizing system
efficiencies, input and output of energy audit.
9-12 Preliminary energy audit methodology, Detailed energy audit -
methodology, financial analysis, sensitivity analysis, energy
monitoring and training.
12-15 Electrical energy audit, mechanical system, thermal energy -
audit, water audit and conservation, data collection, data
analysis, recommendation for better energy efficiency, effects of
instruments on energy audit.
16-19 Definition, principles of energy management, energy -
performance, economic aspects of machines, optimum energy
and utilization, minimizing energy cost and environmental
effects.
20-23 Energy management cycle, energy management system, design -
of management programs, duties of energy manager, Indian
need of energy management.
24-28 The carboncycle, climate models, energy and electricity, -
introduction to carbon capture, absorption, adsorption,
membranes.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

29-32 Geological carbon sequestration, pre combustion capture and -


pro combustion capture, carbon dioxide utilization, carbon
negative technologies.
33-36 Geological sequestration, ocean sequestration, terrestrial -
sequestration, Carbon management through abiotic
sequestration, carbon sources and carbon sinks, carbon
sequestration in vegetation
37-41 Deep saline aquifers deposit, carbon farming and carbon trading, -
carbon auditing, methane source and sink, Strategic
management of carbon emissions: Future predictions, best
Management Practices, types of certification.
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech Semester– Year - IV


Name of Course Computational Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer
Course Code ME 456
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Fluid Mechanics
2. Heat Transfer
Course Outcomes:
1. Students will able to understand various discretization method.
2. Students will be able to state various convective and diffusion scheme.
3. Students will be able to apply finite difference, finite volume and finite element
methods to fluid flow problems.
4. Students will be able to analyze the accuracy of a numerical solution for different grid
arrangement.
5. Student will able to design numerical algorithm and develop a computer code for fluid
flow and heat transfer problem.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Introduction to CFD and its applications, Governing equations for
fluid flow: Continuity, Momentum and Energy, Classification of partial differential
equations, General behavior of different classes of PDE: parabolic, hyperbolic and
elliptic, Initial and boundary conditions.
Unit 2. Finite Difference MethodTaylor series expansion, Finite difference equations (FDE)
of 1st, and 2nd order derivatives, Truncation errors, Order of accuracy, Steady and
unsteady one-and two-dimensional heat conduction equations, One-dimensional
wave equations, Explicit and Implicit approach, Solutions of simultaneous equations:
direct and indirect method, Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel method, Gauss-elimination, TDMA,
Gauss Jordan.
Unit 3. Finite Element Methods: Introduction and formulation, Weighted Residual method,
Shape function, Boundary conditions, Unsteady 1-D heat conduction
Unit 4. Finite Volume Method: Control volume formulation, Steady 1-D conduction,
Unsteady one-dimensional conduction, Two and Three-dimensional conduction,
Over and under relaxation, Steady one- dimensional convection and diffusion.
Unit 5. CFD Techniques: Lax-Wendroff technique, MacCormack Technique, Relaxation
technique, Aspects of numerical dissipation and dispersion, Alternating-direction
implicit (ADI) technique.
Unit 6. N-S Equations for Incompressible Flow: Vorticity-Streamfunction approach,
Boundary conditions, Need of staggered grid, SIMPLE algorithms, MAC algorithm,
Introduction to commercial CFD solvers.
List of Text Books:
1. J. D. Anderson, Computational fluid Dynamics, McGraw Hill, 1st edition, 1995.
2. G.S. Ghosdastidar, Computational Fluid Dynamics & Heat Transfer, Cengage India Pvt
Ltd, 1st Edition, 2017.
3. K. Muralidhar and T. Sundararajan, Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer,
Narosa Publishing House, 2nd edition, 2014 .
4. T. J. Chung, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2nd Edition,
2002.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

List of Reference Books:


1. S V. Patankar. Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, CRC press, 1st edition, 1980.
2. J. C. Tannehill, D. A. Anderson and R. H. Pletcher, Computational Fluid Mechanics
and Heat Transfer, CRC Press, 3rd Edition, 2011.
3. J. Blazek, Computational Fluid Dynamics: Principles and Applications, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 3rd edition, 2015.
4. H. K. Versteeg & W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics,
Pearson, 2nd edition, 2007.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105045/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/106/101106045/
3. https://www.cfd-online.com/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104030/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1 An introduction to the computational fluid dynamics
2 Applications and advantage of CFD
3 Governing equation for fluid flow and heat transfer
4 Control volume approach& derivation of continuity equation
5 Derivation of Navier-Stokes equations
6 Derivation of energy equations
7 Initial and boundary conditions
8 Classification of partial differential equations – Parabolic
9 Elliptic and Hyperbolic equation
10 Initial and boundary conditions
11 Introduction to Taylor series expansion
12 1st and 2nd order finite difference derivatives,
13 Truncation error and order of accuracy
14 1-D & 2-D heat conduction equations
15 1-D wave equations
16 Explicit and Implicit method
17 Direct and iterative methods
18 Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel method
19 Gauss-elimination and Gauss Jordon
20 Tridiagonal matrix algorithms (TDMA)
21 Unwinding of convective term and its significance
22 Introduction to finite element method
23 Formulation of weighted residual method
24 Shape function and their evaluations
25 One dimensional heat conduction
26 Introduction to finite volume method and control volume
formulation
27 Solution of 1-D heat conduction equation with FVM
28 Unsteady 1-D heat conduction equation
29 Discretization of equation for two dimension
30 Solution of algebraic equations
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

31 Overrelaxation and underrelaxation


32 Steady one- dimensional convection and diffusion
33 Lax-Wendroff technique
34 MacCormack Technique
35 Alternating-direction implicit (ADI) technique
36 Aspect of numerical dissipation and dispersion
37 Vorticity-stream function formulations
38 Need of staggered grid
39 The pressure correction formula
40 The SIMPLE algorithm
41 Boundary conditions for pressure correction method
42 MAC algorithm
*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech Semester Year IV


Name of Course Wind Energy Technology
Course Code ME 457
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. Enables to understand the basic principles of wind energy technology.
2. Enables to understand the wind characteristic parameters such as speed, direction,
height, turbulence, gust and topography for measuring the wind resource at any site.
3. Enables to apply the blade momentum theory of betz coefficient calculation.
4. Enables to analyze and compare different wind turbine performance curves.
5. Enables to gain knowledge about wind turbine controlling mechanisms, electrical
components, wind farm siting criteria, environmental aspects and application of
remote sensing in wind energy.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction- Modern Wind Energy and its Origins : Historical perspective, latest
developments, state of art of wind energy technology, turbine rating, cost of energy,
wind power plant economics, installation and operation costs, decommissioning,
national scenario and worldwide developments, present status and future trends.
Unit 2. Wind Characteristics and Resources: Nature of atmospheric winds; wind resource
characteristics and assessment; anemometry; wind statistics; speed frequency
distribution, effect of height, wind rose, Weibull distribution, atmospheric turbulence,
gust wind speed, effect of topography.
Unit 3. Aerodynamics of Wind Turbines : Aerodynamics of aerofoil; lift; drag; stall; effect
of Reynold's number; actuator disc; momentum theory and Betz coefficient; design
of wind turbine blade; effect of stall and blade pitch on coefficient of power vs tip
speed ratio and coefficient of torque vs tip speed ratio characteristics, optimal choice
of cut-in, rated and cut-out wind speeds, blade materials. Vertical and horizontal axis
turbines, design characteristics, multiple stream tube theory, vortex wake structure;
tip losses; rotational sampling, wind turbine design programs, aerodynamic loads,
tower shadow, wind shear, blade coning, gyroscopic, transient and extreme loads.
Aerodynamic damping and stability, teetering motion, stiff and soft towers.
Unit 4. Wind Turbine design: Aerodynamic damping and stability, teetering motion, stiff
and soft towers. Power train dynamics, design standards. Innovative designs and
recent advances in wind energy conversion systems. Pitch control, yaw control,
aerodynamic braking, and teetering mechanism.
Unit 5. Electrical & Control systems: Wind turbine dynamics with DC and AC generators:
induction and synchronous generators, permanent magnet generator, variable speed
operation, effect of wind turbulence. Power electronics, Converter and Inverter
interfaces for wind energy utilization system for isolated and grid connected system.
Wind farm electrical design.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Unit 6. Siting, Wind farm design: Planning of wind farms, special application for developing
countries, maintenance and operation, wind farm management, site selection.
Unit 7. Environmental impact: Environmental assessment; noise emission, visual impact,
avian mortality, telecommunication interference etc.
Unit 8. Instrumentation and Remote sensing: Instrumentation, data loggers, remote
monitoring and control. Remote sensing applications like SODAR, LIDAR, SAR etc.
List of Text Books:
1. Ahmad Hemami (2012) Wind Turbine Technology. Cengage Learning. ISBN:
1435486463, 9781435486461
2. Trevor M. Letcher (2017). Wind Energy Engineering: A Handbook for Onshore and
Offshore Wind Turbines. Academic Press. ISBN: 012809429X, 9780128094297
3. Mathew Sathyajith (2006). Wind Energy: Fundamentals, Resource Analysis and
Economics. Springer Science & Business Media. ISBN: 3540309063, 9783540309062
List of Reference Books:
1. Ahmed Siraj (2016). WIND ENERGY: Theory and Practice, 3/e PHI, Eastern
Economy Edition ISBN 978-81-203-5163-9 New Delhi.
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Application to computer in mechanical component design
and assembly
2. Introduction to modern wind energy and its origins
3. General Characteristics of the Wind Resource
4. Wind Data Analysis and Resource Estimation
5. Wind Turbine Energy Production Estimates Using
Statistical Techniques
6. Regional Wind Resource Assessment
7. Wind Prediction and Forecasting
8. Wind Measurement and Instrumentation
9. Advanced Topics
10. One-dimensional Momentum Theory and the Betz Limit
11. One-dimensional Momentum Theory and the Betz Limit
12. Ideal Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine with Wake Rotation
13. Airfoils and General Concepts of Aerodynamics
14. Blade Design for Modern Wind Turbines
15. Blade Design for Modern Wind Turbines
16. Momentum Theory and Blade Element Theory
17. Generalized Rotor Design Procedure
18. Generalized Rotor Design Procedure
19. Simplified HAWT Rotor Performance Calculation Procedure
20. Computational and Aerodynamic Issues in Aerodynamic
Design
21. Tutorial Problems
22. Tutorial Problems
23. Tutorial Problems
24. Tutorial Problems
25. Wind Turbine Loads
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

26. General Principles of Mechanics


27. General Principles of Mechanics
28. Wind Turbine Rotor Dynamics
29. Material Fatigue
30. Wind Turbine Materials
31. Machine Elements
32. Principal Wind Turbine Components
33. Design Procedure
34. Wind Turbine Topologies
35. Wind Turbine Standards, Technical Specifications,
and Certification
36. Wind Turbine Design Loads
37. Power Curve Prediction
38. Design Evaluation
39. Wind Turbine and Component Testing
40. Electrical Aspects of Wind Turbines
41. Wind Turbine Control
42. Wind Turbine Siting, System Design, and Integration
43. Wind Energy Applications
44. Wind Energy System Economics
45. Wind Energy Systems: Environmental Aspects and Impacts
46. Tutorial Problems
47. Tutorial Problems
48. Tutorial Problems

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech (ME) Semester Year IV


Name of Course Additive Manufacturing Technologies
Course Code ME 458
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:NIL
Course Outcomes:At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand the basicsof various of additive manufacturing (AM)technologies
2. Design machine and select the suitable materialsfor AMtechnologies
3. Apply mathematical elements of geometric modeling for AM technologies
4. Analyze the influence of pre and post processing parametersonperformances
5. Explore the applications of AM technologies in various fields
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction to additive manufacturing, Traditional manufacturing v/s Additive
Manufacturing (AM), Classification of AM technologies: Vat Photopolymerization,
Extrusion, Sheet lamination,Powder bed fusion and Directed energy deposition,Break-
even analysis for product-AM technology fit, Benefits and limitations of AM
technologies, Application areas of AM technologies
Unit 2. Design of AM machine- necessary parts, Functional description and design analysis,
Build process, Future improvements, Materials: The Building block for AM, State of
material working principle for AM technologies, Importance of Materials, Materials
for AM, Materials Selection Considerations, Technology specific materials
Unit 3. Geometric representation- Implicit, explicit, parametric equations, 2D & 3D
transformations of geometry,Design of curves, surfaces and solids, CAD Data exchange
formats and applications, AM data formats, STL format, STL file
problems,Consequences of building a valid andinvalid tessellated model, STL file
repair, Model slicing and contour data organization, Support structure generation, Direct
and adaptive slicing, Tool path generation, Introduction of AM software
Unit 4. Design for AM,AM benchmarks parts and types, Pre-processing of geometric model,
Orientation of geometric model, volumetric error, shape deviations, staircase effect,
surface roughness, material shrinkage or swelling, warpage, etc., Post processing of AM
parts: Support material removal, surface finish and accuracyimprovements, Cost model,
Build time model
Unit 5. Rapid tooling (RT), Differences between Conventional and RT, Classification of RT:
Direct and Indirect Tooling methods;Applications of RT and case studies,Scanning and
Reverse Engineering (RE): Introduction,Measuring devices, Computer aided design
(CAD) model construction from point cloud, Data handling and reduction methods,
Applications of RE and case studies
List of Text Books:
1. Chua C K, Leong K F, Chu S L, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in
Manufacturing, World Scientific.
2. Noorani R, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing, John Wiley
&Sons.
3. D. F. Rogers and J. A. Adams, Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics, McGraw
Hill, 2002.
List of Reference Books:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Liou W L, Liou F W, Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications: A tool box for
prototype development, CRC Press.
2. Kamrani A K, Nasr E A, Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice, Springer
3. Gibson D W Rosen, Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid
Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing, Springer.
4. Gibson, I., Software Solutions for Rapid Prototyping, Professional Engineering
Publishing Limited, 2002
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=14981
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ICjQ0UzE2Ao
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gcia0aqZMf0
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to additive manufacturing, Traditional
manufacturing v/s Additive Manufacturing (AM)
2. Classification of AM technologies: Vat Photopolymerization
3. Classification of AM technologies: Extrusion
4. Classification of AM technologies: Sheet lamination
5. Classification of AM technologies: Powder bed fusion
6. Classification of AM technologies: Directed energy deposition
7. Break-even analysis for product-AM technology fit
8. Application areas and limitations of AM technologies
9. Design of AM machine- necessary parts
10. Functional description and design analysis
11. Build process, Future improvements
12. Materials: The Building block for AM, State of material working
principle for AM technologies
13. Importance of Materials, Materials for AM
14. Materials Selection Considerations, Technology specific
materials
15. Geometric representation- Implicit, explicit, parametric
equations
16. 2D transformations of geometry
17. 3D transformations of geometry
18. Design of curves
19. Design of surfaces
20. Design of solids
21. CAD Data exchange formats and applications
22. AM data formats, STL format
23. STL file problems
24. Consequences of building a valid andinvalid tessellated model
25. STL file repair
26. Model slicing
27. Contour data organization, Support structure generation
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

28. Direct slicing, Adaptive slicing


29. Tool path generation, Introduction of AM software
30. Design for AM, AM benchmarks parts
31. AM benchmarks types
32. Pre-processing of geometric model, Orientation of geometric
mode
33. Volumetric error, shape deviations
34. Staircase effect, surface roughness
35. Material shrinkage or swelling, warpage, etc.,
36. Post processing of AM parts: Support material removal
37. Post processing of AM parts: surface finishimprovement
38. Post processing of AM parts: accuracyimprovement
39. Cost model, Build time model
40. Rapid tooling (RT), Differences between Conventional and RT
41. Classification of RT: Direct Tooling methods
42. Classification of RT: Indirect Tooling methods
43. Applications of RT and case studies
44. Scanning and Reverse Engineering (RE): Introduction
45. Measuring devices
46. Computer aided design (CAD) model construction from point
cloud
47. Data handling and reduction methods
48. Applications of RE and case studies
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of B. Tech. (Mechanical


Semester- Year - IV
Program Engineering)
Name of Course Advanced Production Engineering

Course Code ME-459


Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Manufacturing Processes-1
2. Manufacturing Processes-2
Course Outcomes:
Able to understand the metal cutting theory and principles and apply for the evaluation of
1.
machinability and economics of machining.
Ability to design the machine tools, tool for CNC machines, guide ways and slide ways, Jig
2.
and fixtures for various machining operations.
To acquire the knowledge of various unconventional machining operations and CNC
3.
machines.
Description of Contents in brief:
Metal Cutting Theory: Geometry of cutting tools, metal machining, chip formation,
types of chips, force analysis, velocity relationship, stress and strain analysis, power
Unit-1 and energy relationships, thermal aspects, dynamometers for turning and drilling.
Evaluation of machinability, tool wear and tool life, cutting forces, surface finish,
economies of metal machining and cutting fluids.
Machine Tools System: Design analysis of machine tools, elements, structure,
Unit-2 slideways and guides, spindle unit drives in machine tools, layout of gear box, stepped
regulators, step less regulators, and hydraulic regulators.
Tool Design of CNC machines Tooling principles and tool layouts for turrets,
Unit-3 automates,Design of single point cutting tools, rigidity, design of chip breakers,
dynamic chip breaking.
Usefulness of jigs and fixtures, principles of design, locating and clamping, diamond
pin locator, jig bushes, drill jigs, milling, turning, boring and broaching fixtures,
Unit-4
assembly fixtures, welding fixtures, indexing devices, materials for jigs and fixtures,
economics of jigs and fixtures.
Unconventional Machining Processes: Mechanical Processes: Ultrasonic Machining,
Elements of USM, Acoustic Head and Design etc., Abrasive Jet Machining, Variables
effecting AJM, Water Jet Machining, Equipment and process details, Electrochemical
Machining Processes: elements of process, electrolytes & their properties, chemistry
Unit-5
of process, metal removal rate. Thermal aspect, temperature rise & pressure-flow rate,
tool design, accuracy & surface finish, advantages, application & limitations of the
process, Thermal processes: Electrical discharge machining, mechanism of metal
removal, accuracy and surface finish, application & future trends,
Plasma Arc Machining, mechanism of metal removal, accuracy and surface finish,
Unit-6 economics and application of plasma jets, Electron/Laser Beam Machining:Electron
beam machining: generation and control of electron beam, process capability and
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

limitations. Laser beam machining: Principles of working, thermal aspect, material


removal, cutting speed and accuracy, advantages & limitations.
List of Text Books:
Production Engineering & Science by P. C. Pandey & C. K. Singh; Standard Publishers
1.
Distributors; 7th Edition;2006
2. Tool Design by C. Donaldson and V. C. Goold; Tata McGrawhill; 3rd Edition; 1976
3. Manufacturing Science by Ghosh & Mallik; Affiliated East-West Press; 2010
4. A text book of Production Engineering by P. C. Sharma; S. Chand Publications; 1999
List of Reference Books:
1. Metal Cutting Principles by Bhattacharya; New Central Book Agency; 2012
2. Production Technology by R. K. Jain ; Khanna Publishers; 2001
3. Manufacturing Processes by Ghosh Amitabh; 2012
URLs:
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107077/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105212/
Lecture Plan:
Lecture
Topic Remarks
No.
1. Metal Cutting Theory, Geometry of cutting tools
2. Metal machining, chip formation, types of chips
3. Force analysis, velocity relationship
4. Stress and strain in chip, power and energy relationships
5. Thermal aspects, dynamometers for turning and drilling
6. Evaluation of machinability
7. Tool wear and tool life
8. Cutting forces, surface finish and Cutting fluids
9. Economies of metal machining
Machine Tools System: Design analysis of machine tools elements and
10.
structure
11. Slideways and guides
12. Spindle unit drives in machine tools
13. Layout of gear box, stepped regulators
14. Step less regulators, and hydraulic regulators
15. Tool Design of CNC machines
16. Tooling principles and tool layouts for turrets and automates
17. Design of single point cutting tools
18. Rigidity, design of chip breakers, dynamic chip breaking
19. Usefulness of jigs and fixtures, principles of design
20. principles of locating and clamping, diamond pin locator
21. Jig bushes, drill jigs
22. Milling and turning fixtures
23. Boring and broaching fixtures
24. Assembly fixtures, welding fixtures, indexing devices
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

25. Materials for jigs and fixtures, economics of jigs and fixtures
26. Unconventional Machining Processes: Mechanical Processes
27. Ultrasonic Machining, Elements of USM Acoustic Head and Design
28. Abrasive Jet Machining, Variables effecting AJM
29. Water Jet Machining, Equipment and process details
Electrochemical Machining Processes: elements of process,
30.
electrolytes & their properties
Chemistry of process, metal removal rate. Thermal aspect, temperature
31.
rise & pressure-flow rate
Tool design, accuracy & surface finish, advantages, application &
32.
limitations of the process
Thermal processes: Electrical discharge machining, mechanism of
33.
metal removal
34. Accuracy and surface finish, application & future trends
Plasma Arc Machining, mechanism of metal removal, accuracy and
35.
surface finish
36. Economics and application of plasma jets
37. Electron beam machining: generation and control of electron beam
38. Pocess capability and limitations of EBM
39. Laser beam machining: Principles of working
40. Thermal aspect of laser beam machining
41. Material removal in laser beam machining
42. Cutting speed and accuracy, advantages & limitations

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B. Tech. (Mechanical
Name of Program Semester- Year-IV
Engineering)
Name of Course Nano manufacturing
Course Code ME- 460
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
Able to understand the concept and principles of Nanotechnology and methods of Nano-
1.
manufacturing.
2. Able to learn the various characterization techniques at micro and nano level
3. Able to learn various fabrication techniques like Nanolithography, MEMS, NEMS and CVD.
Description of Contents in brief:
Introduction to Nano-manufacturing and Nanotechnology, Advantages, disadvantages
Unit 1. and applications of Nanotechnology and Nano-manufacturing, Top-down and Bottom-
up techniques, self-assembly, self-assembled monolayer.
Characterization Techniques: Scanning Electron Microscope, Transmission Electron
Unit 2. Microscope, Atomic force microscopy (AFM), Scanning Probe Microscope (SPM),
Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM), X-ray Diffraction (XRD).
Nano-lithography: Photolithography: UV Photolithography, X-ray Lithography,
Unit 3. Electron Beam Lithography, Particle Beam Lithography’s, Probe lithography’s.Micro
and Nano machining, Focused Ion beam machining.
Chemical methods in Nano-manufacturing, Si processing methods: Cleaning /etching,
Unit 4. Epitaxy, Molecular-beam epitaxy, chemical beam epitaxy, CVD, Metal-organic CVD
(MOCVD), Plasma enhanced CVD (PE-CVD), Sol-gel Technique
Properties and application of Nano Materials: Fullerene Structure, Carbon nano tubes,
Unit 5.
Nano Particles, Processing of Nanocomposites
Unit 6 Micro & Nano Electromechanical Systems (MEMS & NEMS).
List of Text Books:
Introduction to nanotechnology by Charles P. Poole Jr. & Frank J. Owens Publisher: John
1.
Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.; 2004
Nanotechnology: Introduction to Nanostructuring Technoques by Michael Kohler,
2.
Publisher: John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.; 2nd Ed., 2007
3. Principles of Nanotechnology by Phani Kumar, SCITECH Publications; 2nd Edition, 2010
4. Nanotechnology: A Future Technology with Vision, Appin Labs, BPB Publications; 2007.
List of Reference Books:
Micro-engineering, MEMS and Interfacing: A practical Guide by Danny Banks,
1.
Publisher: Taylor & Francis; 2006
Magnetic Microscopy of Nanostructures by H. Hopster & H. P. Oepen, Publisher:
2.
Springer; 2003
Nanomaterials Chemistry Recent Developments and New Directions by C. N. R. Rao,
3.
Publisher: John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd.; 2007
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Nanophysics and Nanotechnology by Edward L. Wolf,Publisher: John Wiley & Sons


4.
(Asia) Pvt. Ltd.; 2008
Nanostructures: Tsakalakos, Ovidko & Vasudevan, Springer Science & Business
5.
Media; 2012
URLs:
1. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-1-4419-6016-0_8
2. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-662-54357-3_1
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to Nano-manufacturing and Nanotechnology
Different Top-down and Bottom-up techniques, History of
2.
Nanotechnology
3. Nano materials, Nano Composites
Concept of Positional Assembly and Massive parallelism, self-
4.
assembly, self-assembled monolayer
5. Applications of Nanotechnology and Nanomanufacturing
Advantages and drawbacks of Nanotechnology and
6. nanomanufacturing, Social, ethical and environmental impacts of
Nanotechnology
Characterization Techniques:
7.
Scanning Electron Microscope Part-1
8. Scanning Electron Microscope part-2
9. Transmission Electron Microscope
10. Scanning Probe Microscope (SPM)
11. Atomic force microscopy (AFM)
12. Magnetic Force Microscope
13. Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM)
14. X-ray diffraction technique (XRD)
15. Nano-lithography: Photolithography
16. UV Photolithography, X-ray Lithography
17. Electron Beam Lithography
18. Particle Beam Lithography’s
19. Probe lithography’s
20. Micro and Nano machining
21. Focused Ion beam machining
22. Chemical methods in Nano-manufacturing
23. Si processing methods
24. Cleaning /etching
25. Epitaxy, Molecular-beam epitaxy
26. chemical beam epitaxy
27. CVD, Metal-organic CVD (MOCVD)
28. Plasma enhanced CVD (PE-CVD)
29. Sol-gel Technique
30. Properties of Nano Materials
31. Application of Nano Materials
32. Fullerene Structure
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

33. Carbon nano tubes and its advantags


34. Applications of CNTs
35. Nano Particles
36. Processing of Nanocomposites part-1
37. Processing of Nanocomposites part-2
38. Applications of Nano composites
39. Micro Electromechanical Systems (MEMS)
40. Nano Electromechanical Systems (NEMS)

Evaluation Criteria:
Sl. No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks
Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech./ Mech. Engg. Semester - Year IV

Name of Course Lean Manufacturing


Course Code ME 461
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Engineering Management
2. Industrial Engineering and Operations Research
Course Outcomes:
1. Students shall understand the distinction between Mass Production and Lean Manufacturing in
industries.
2. Students shall be able to describe the value adding, non value adding
activities/elements andtypesofwastewiththeireliminationfromproduction
processes/ manufacturing systems
3. Students shall be able to identify and implement lean tools or techniques like continuous flow,
pull systems, 5S, Visual Control, Kanban, TPM, JIT etc.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1 Review of manufacturing paradigm, Objectives of lean manufacturing, Main Lean Principles
and Wastes, traditional versus lean manufacturing characteristics, Value creation and waste
elimination-major kinds of manufacturing waste, Toyota/Lean production system.

Unit 2 Fundamentals of Kaizen, Just In Time (JIT) production system; Pull/flow


production, cell layout, takt time, Jidoka, 5S (Five S) Japaneseapproach.
Unit 3 Standardized work, Visual control, Level production, Kanban and replenishment
strategies.
Unit 4 Concept of Poka Yoke, Cross functional team &Total Productive Maintenance.
Unit 5 Concept of Single-Minute Exchange of Die (SMED), Value stream mapping (VSM).
Unit 6 Various case studies of implementation of lean manufacturing tools in the industries.
List of Reference Books:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. E book: Lean Manufacturing Tools, Techniques; William M. Feld, The CRC press series
on resource management, 2000.
2. Ebook:Justin Time Factory Implementation ThroughLean Manufacturing Tools,
Springer International Publishing AG, Susana GarridoAzevedo, KannanGovindan 2018
3. E book: Value Stream Management for the Lean Office, Don Tapping and Tom Shuker
,CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group
URLs:
1. http://microsoft.com/dynamics/ax( Lean Manufacturing: Kanban and Pull Based
Manufacturing)
2. http://www.qad.com, (Training Guide Lean Manufacturing)
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture Topic
No.
1 Craft Production, Mass Production/Ford System
2 Birth of Lean Production/The Toyota Production System
3 The Ultimate Goal and Benefits of Lean Manufacturing
4 Components of Lean Philosophy; waste elimination, simplicity, continuous
improvement, visibility,flexibility
5 Culture of continuous improvement; Kaizen advantages
6 Kaizen and Deming Cycle for Continuous improvement
7 Basic image of Lean production , Customer Focus; PQCDSM
8 Lean Thinking Principals; Value & Waste Definition, Flow, Pull , Perfection
9 Muda explanation
10 Mura, and Muri explanation
11 Lean activities/ house of lean/lean tools-techniques
12 4M Stabilization for improvements at Gemba using visual management, 5S system,
Standardized work and Total Productive Maintenance(TPM)
13 Visual Management systems-I (Cont.)
14 Visual Management systems-II
15 Standard Work: Documenting the Interaction between People and Their
Environment
16 Elements of Standardized Work; Takt time and Cycle Time, Work sequence, In-
process stock
17 Charts Used to Define Standardized Work; Production capacity chart,
Standardized work combination table, Standardized work analysischart
18 5S System-I (Cont.)
19 5S System-II (Cont.)
20 5S System-III (Cont.)
21 Spaghetti plots & Layouts ; Fixed-position, Process , Product & Cellular or combination
layout
22 Just-in-Time Production
23 Pull System of Manufacturing
24 One-Piece Flow and Cellular Manufacturing
25 Production leveling or heijunka
26 Multifunctional Workers
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003
27 Kanban a visual tool to achieve JIT production; Benefits; Forms/types
28 Kanban Rules
29 Design of kanban-I (Cont.)
30 Design of kanban-II (Cont.)
31 Total Productive Maintenance
32 Six Big Losses
33 Overall equipment effectiveness-I (Cont.)
34 Overall equipment effectiveness-II
35 Concept of ZishuHozen
36 Concept of Jidoka, Poka-Yoke &Andon
37 SMED based Case studies
38 Value Stream Mapping
39 Value Stream Mapping based Case study -I
40 Value Stream Mapping based Case study-II

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B.Tech (Mechanical
Name of Program Semester- Year-IV
Engineering)
Name of Course Composite Materials
Course Code ME-462
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Basics of material science
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to apply knowledge of Metals, Composites their science and
1. engineering involved, different fabrication methods available for the fabrication composite
materials.
Students will be able to analysis the mechanical and tribological behavior of the composite
2.
materials
One will be able to develop the varies components made of MMCs, PMCs,CMCs. For
3.
different applications.
Description of Contents in brief:
Introduction, definition and classification of composite materials, Types of
Unit 1. reinforcements, Criteria for the selection of the matrices and reinforcements Its
Properties, Types of Matrix, Interfaces, Wettability Its importance and application.
Polymers and Polymer Matrix Composites and Metals and Metal Matrix Composites: Its
Unit 2. Type like Lamina, Laminates, Sandwich concept of Isotropy, Anisotropy and Orthotropy
in composites.
Processing of Composites: Primary and Secondary Manufacturing Process of metal
matrix composites like star casting, ultrasonic assisted star casting, centrifugal casting,
concept of bottom pouring, top pouring their advantages and limitations, Powder
Unit 3.
metallurgy technique, Iso-static Compaction method. Fabrication method of polymer
matrix composites like Hand Lay-Up technique, Compression Molding technique and
Autoclave technique. Its mechanical and Tribological properties characterization.
Introduction of Ceramics and ceramic matrix composites, Types of Ceramic matrix
composites, Ceramic-metal systems, Ceramic glass system, Ceramic-ceramic systems
Unit 4.
and Fabrication of ceramic matrix composites, Its mechanical and Tribological
properties characterization.
Concept of Macro-Mechanism and Micro-Mechanics of composites, Prediction of
Density and Elastic Modulus of composites. Problems based on density and elastic
Unit 5.
modulus of composites. Economics of Composites and Reinforcements, Design of
Composite Materials.
Applications of Composites in different Sectors like Automobile, Aerospace and Food
Unit 6. Packaging Industries etc. Concept of Nano-Materials and Nano-Composites.
Micro-electromechanical Systems [MEMS],Nano-electromechanical Systems [NEMS]
List of Text Books:
1. An introduction to composite materials by D. Hull and T.W. Clyne, Cambridge, 2012
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Engineering mechanics of composite materials by Issac M. Daniel Ori Ishai, Oxford press,
2.
2005
Composite Manufacturing: Materials, Product & Process Engineering by Sanjay K.
3.
Mazumdar, CRC press, 2002
List of Reference Books:
1. Composite Materials by Lawrence J. Broutman, Academic press, 1974
2. Composite Materials by R.M. Jones, CRC press, 1998
3. Composite Materials: Science and Engineering by Krishnan K. Chawla, Springer, 1987
URLs:
1. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/epdf/10.1002/pol.1969.160071214
2. www.nptel.ac.in
3. https://www.springer.com/gp/book/9781493950157
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction, definition and classification of composite materials
2. Types of reinforcements
3 Criteria for the selection of the matrices and reinforcements
4 Its Properties, Types of Matrix and Reinforcements
5 Role of Interfaces
6 Wettability: Its importance and application, polymers
7 Different types of Matrix and Reinforcements used
8 Polymer Matrix Composites
9 Metals and Metal Matrix Composites
10 Type like Particulate, Lamina, Laminates, Sandwich
11 Concept of Isotropy, Anisotropy and Orthotropy in Composites
Processing of Composites: Primary and Secondary Manufacturing
12 Process of metal matrix composites like star casting, ultrasonic
assisted star casting
Centrifugal casting, concept of bottom pouring, top pouring their
13
advantages and limitations
14 Powder metallurgy technique
15 Iso-static compaction method
Fabrication method of polymer matrix composites like
16
Hand Lay-Up technique
17 Compression Molding technique, Autoclave technique
18 Mechanical and Tribological properties characterization
19 Introduction of Ceramics, Ceramic matrix composites
20 Types of Ceramic matrix and reinforcements
21 Ceramic-Metal, Ceramic glass, Ceramic-Ceramic systems
22 Fabrication of ceramic matrix composites
23 Mechanical and Tribological properties characterization.
24 Experimental demonstration of MMCs in the class
25 Experimental demonstration of PMCs in the class
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

26 Experimental demonstration of CMCs in the class


27 Concept of Macro-Mechanism in the composites
28 Concept of Micro-Mechanics of composites
29 Prediction of Density and Elastic Modulus of composites.
30 Numerical problems
31 Economics of Composites and Reinforcements
32 Design of Composite Materials
Applications of Composites in different Sectors like Automobile,
33
Aerospace and Food Packaging Industries etc.
Survey of different parts manufactured by Metal Matrix
34
Composites, their fabrication and analysis
Survey of different parts manufactured by Polymer Matrix
35
Composites, their fabrication and analysis
Survey of different parts manufactured by Ceramic Matrix
36
Composites, their fabrication and analysis
37 Concepts of Nano-Materials
38 Applications of Nano-Materials
39 Nano-Composites: Fabrication Techniques and Properties.
40 Mechanical Properties of the Nano-composites
41 Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems [MEMS],
42 Nano-Electro-Mechanical Systems [NEMS]

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program Bachelor of Technology in Semester: Year: IV


Mechanical Engineering
Name of Course Smart Materials
Course Code ME 463
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Materials Science and Engineering ME2303
2. Mechanics of Materials ME 2304
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify and classify smart material systems and recognize various characteristics and
applications
2. Select and design various smart material as actuator and sensor
3. Design smart material composites for various applications and explain their
manufacturing processes
4. Explain previously developed models for various smart material systems and predict
the behavior
5. Identify the applications of smart material systems in energy harvesting and self-
healing systems
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Overview and need of smart materials, Active and passive smartness, Traditional vs
smart systems, Smart material actuators and sensors
Unit 2. Piezoelectric materials: Piezoelectric property, Constitutive relationships, Direct and
converse piezoelectric effect, piezoelectric polymers, ceramics and composites,
Bimorphs and Piezostacks, Piezoelectric coefficients, Active strain expression, Euler
Bernoulli model, Uniform strain model, Piezo actuators and sensors.
Unit 3. Magnetostrictive materials: Magnetostriction, Magnetostrictive smart materials and
transducers, Magnetostrictive effects in actuation and sensing, Constitutive
equations. Induced strain actuation modelling of magnetostrictive actuators.
Unit 4. Shape memory materials: Shape memory effect (SME), Metallic alloys and
polymers exhibiting SME, One-way shape memory effect, Pseudoelasticity, Two-
way shape memory effect, Application of SM alloys in actuators, Forward and
reverse transformation, R phase transformations, Constitutive models, Brinson
Model
Unit 5. Composite Materials: Introduction to smart composites, critical issues in smart
composites, Classification of composites and their manufacturing techniques,
Laminated and sandwich composites, Micro and micromechanics of composites,
ABD matrices.
Unit 6 Smart Actuators and self-healing materials: Multilayered piezoelectric materials,
Role in energy harvesting, Concept, strategies and design of self-healing.

List of Text Books


1. I. Chopra and J. Sirohi, Smart structures theory, Cambridge University Press, 1st
Edition, 2013.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. V.K. Vardan, K.J. Vinoy, S. Gopalakrishnan, Smart Materials systems and MEMS:
Design and development methodologies, John Wiley and Sons,1st Edition, 2006.
3. J.L. Pons, Emerging Actuator Technologies, John Wiley and Sons, 1st Edition, 2005.
List of Reference Books:
1. J. Yang, An introduction to the theory of piezoelectricity, Springer, 1st Edition, 2005
2. M.H. Elahinia, Shape memory alloy actuators, Wiley, 1st Edition, 2016
3. K K Chawla, Composite Materials: Science and Engineering, Springer,3rd Edition,
2012
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104251/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to the course, Overview and applications of smart L
materials
2. Features of smart materials, active and passive smartness, L
Traditional vs smart system, smart sensors and actuators
3. History of piezoelectricity, Piezoelectric materials, L
piezoelectric actuator fabrication,
4. Constitutive relationships, Piezoelectric polymers and L
ceramics processing
5. Fundamental equations of Piezoelectricity, Piezoelectric L
coefficients
6. Different piezoelectric materials and properties, piezo-patch L
7. Active strain expression, Euler Bernoulli Model L
8. Uniform strain model of induced strain actuation, piezo L
actuators and sensors,
9. Case study on piezoelectric sensors and actuators L
10. Examples and history of Magnetostriction, Effects of L
magnetostriction in actuation and sensing
11. Constitutive equation for magnetostrictive materials, some L
applications
12. Induced strain actuation modelling of magnetostrictive L
materials
13. Blocking force for magnetostrictive mini actuator L
14. AFC and MFC L
15. Case studies on magnetostrictive sensors and actuators L
16. Shape memory effect, metallic alloys exhibiting SMA L
17. One way and two way SMA, Pseudoelasticity, Application of L
SMA
18. Forward and reverse transformations, R phase transformations L
19. Constitutive models, L
20. Brinson model L
21. Applications of SMA L
22. Case studies on SMA sensors and actuators L
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

23. Introduction to composites, smart composites, Classification of L


composites, examples and applications
24. Fibres and their types, advantages of smart composites L
25. Composite manufacturing techniques for fibre reinforced L
composites, polymer matrix composites, metal matrix
composites
26. Fabrication techniques for Ceramic matrix composites, carbon- L
carbon composites and structural composites
27. Case studies on metal and polymer matrix composites L
28. Evaluation of volume, density, weight, longitudinal and L
transverse modulus of composite
29. Halpin Tsai model L
30. Deformation stages of fiber reinforced composites, L
computation of strength of composite,
31. Plane stress and plane strain conditions, Stress strain L
relationship in a Lamina
32. Coordinate transformation of stress and strain L
33. Strain displacement relations in laminated composites and L
stress in a lamina
34. Laminate stiffness and compliance, Introduction to ABD L
Matrices
35. Case study on smart composites L
36. Multilayered piezo electric materials, Self-healing systems L
37. Energy harvesting, Design of piezoelectric energy harvester, L
concept of a basic energy harvester system

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. TECH Semester Year FINAL


Name of Course Facility Management and Layout Planning
Course Code ME 464
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1.
Course Outcomes:
1. Enables the students to understand facility planning, Principles and applications of facility
management.
2. Enables the student to use FM as a management tool applied in company for managing
support activities.
3. Enables the student to apply Integrated Management of all services that support company’s
main activity.
4. It enables the students to develop skill to engage in facility management functions.
5. Enables the student to utilize innovative methods within physical plant management.
6. Enables to understand materials handling techniques.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Facility planning: Introduction, Study of production facilities, including location,
planning, design and maintenance. Emphasis on production systems, machine selection,
automation, storage and warehousing, quality, retrofitting and preventative
maintenance.
Unit 2. Facility Systems: Introduction, factors to be considered in facility systems, atmospheric
systems, electrical and lighting systems, life safety system, sanitation system, facility
maintenance management systems.
Unit 3. Flow, Space and activity relationships: Introduction, Departmental Planning, Activity
Relationships, Flow Patterns, Flow Planning, Space requirement.
Unit 4. Layout planning: scope, objectives, importance, characteristics of a good plant layout,
factors affecting plant layout, procedure of developing a plant layout, installation and
evaluation of plant layout, optimum plant layout, CRAFT, SLP, ALDEP etc.
Unit 5. Facility management and its implementation in small and medium enterprises.
Functions of Facility Manager , Duties, Responsibilities, Facility manager and the
methods of economic decision-making, Softwares related to FM- CMMS, E-
Facility,BAS,BMS etc.
Unit 6 Materials Handling: Definition, scope, objectives, principles, importance, factors in
materials handling problem, analysis of materials handling, types and selection of
materials handling equipments, aids and techniques in materials handling equipment
selection.
List of Text Books:
1. Total Facilities Management, Adrian Brooks and Brian Atkin, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
2. Facilities Management: Managing Maintenance for Buildings and Facilities, Joel Levitt,
Momentum Press, 2013.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. Facilities Management: Theory and Practice, Keith Alexander, Routledge, 2016


4. Facility Planning, Tompkins, White, Wiley, 1996
5. Facility Layout and Location, R.L. Francis, White, Wiley, 2001
List of Reference Books:
1. Computer Aided Processes M Chidambaram
2. Facility Manager's Maintenance Handbook, Bernard T. Lewis and Richard P. Payant
3. The facility management handbook, David G Cotts
4. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing M.P Groover
5. Maintenance & Facilities Management, Brendan Shine
6. Facilities Management, Rondeau, Brown and Lapides
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in
2. https://www.academia.edu/24800802/QUS_4204_LEC_4204_FACILITIES_MANAGEMENT_LE
CTURE_GUIDANCE_NOTES
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction of production facilities including location,
planning, design and maintenance
2. Study of production facilities including location,
planning, design and maintenance
3. Emphasis on production systems
4. Machine selection, automation
5. Storage and warehousing
6. Quality, retrofitting and preventative maintenance
7. Facility systems, Introduction, factors to be considered
8. Atmospheric systems
9. Electrical lighting systems
10. Life safety system, sanitation system
11. Facility maintenance management systems
12. Facility maintenance management systems
13. Introduction to Flow, Space and activity relationships
14. Departmental planning
15. Departmental planning
16. Flow patterns
17. Activity relationships diagrams
18. Flow planning
19. Layout planning: scope, objectives, importance
20. Characteristics of a good plant layout
21. Factors affecting plant layout
22. Procedure of developing a plant layout
23. Installation and evaluation of plant layout
24. Optimum plant layout, CRAFT, SLP, ALDEP etc
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

25. Facility management and its implementation in small and


medium enterprises
26. The function of Facility Manager in the management
27. Duties of Facility manager, CMMMS E- Facility etc.
28. Materials Handling: Definition, scope, objectives
29. Principles, importance
30. Factors in materials handling problem
31. Analysis of materials handling, types and selection of
materials handling equipments
32. Analysis of materials handling, types and selection of
materials handling equipments
33. Aids and techniques in materials handling equipment
selection
34. Aids and techniques in materials handling equipment
selection
35. Case study
36. Case study
37. Case study
38. Case study

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B. Tech
Name of Program
(Mechanical)
Name of Course Materials Management
Course Code ME 465
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. B.Tech Mechanical VI Semester
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Enables to understand Forecasting& Purchasing
Work as a team with other disciplines related to Inventory and Warehouse
CO2
Management.
Planning of material flow, advantages of planned material flow, flow planning
CO3
principles, flow patterns, analysis of material flow.
CO4 Enables to understand Spare parts management.
Enables to understand Store Planning, Store keeping and Management
CO5
Codification
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Forecasting & Purchasing: Forecasting in purchase and sales, methods of
purchasing, Functions, organization of purchase department, mass production
purchasing and its procedure, Functions and organization of purchase department
source selection, negotiation, make or buy decision how much to buy.
Unit 2. Inventory planning (MRP) and Spare parts Management: Types of Inventory,
Computer control in materials planning, factors affecting ordering quantity, in
process inventories, raw materials supplies, The problem of spare parts, pattern
of failure, Reliability and variety, reduction, classification of spares
replenishment, service level, work-in-process.
Unit 3. Store keeping and Management Codification: Objectives of storekeeping,
function of store organization, store organization, location of storekeeping
department, factor affecting location, centralized and decentralized storing.
Unit 4. Inventory Controls and its Various Models: Ordering procedures, re-ordering,
reorder point and quantity, economic lot size, economic ordering quantity,
quantity discount, influence of uncertainty, continuous supply. Selection
Control, ABC, XYZ, HML, VED, FSN, SDE, and SOS analysis.
Unit 5. Spare parts management of spares Reliability and Quality of spares. Spare parts
procurement, spare parts marketing and pricing. Management of absolute spares.
List of Text Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
19. Materials Management S.C. Sharma
An Integrated Concept of
20. N.M. Shah
Materials Management
Maintenance & Spare parts
21. P. Gopalakrishnan,K.Bannergee
Management
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Introduction to Materials
22. Arnold J.R.T and Chapman S.N
Management
23. Purchasing and Materials Leendors M.R and Fearson H.E
Management
List of Reference Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
Introduction to Supply Chain
1. Handfield R.B and Nichols E.L
Management
2. Logistics Management Bowersox D.J and Closs D.J
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in
2. https://www.managementstudyguide.com/material-handling.htm
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_mg17/preview
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
85. Introduction to material management
86. Forecasting in purchase and sales
87. Forecasting in purchase and sales
88. methods of purchasing, Functions, organization of purchase
department
89. mass production purchasing and its procedure, Functions and
organization of purchase department source selection, negotiation,
make or buy decision how much to buy
90. mass production purchasing and its procedure, Functions and
organization of purchase department source selection, negotiation,
make or buy decision how much to buy
91. Types of Inventory, Computer control in materials planning,
factors affecting ordering quantity, in process inventories, raw
materials supplies
92. Types of Inventory, Computer control in materials planning,
factors affecting ordering quantity, in process inventories, raw
materials supplies
93. The problem of spare parts, pattern of failure, Reliability and
variety, reduction, classification of spares replenishment, service
level, work-in-process
94. The problem of spare parts, pattern of failure, Reliability and
variety, reduction, classification of spares replenishment, service
level, work-in-process
95. Ordering procedures, re-ordering, reorder point and quantity,
economic lot size, economic ordering quantity, quantity discount,
influence of uncertainty, continuous supply
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

96. Ordering procedures, re-ordering, reorder point and quantity,


economic lot size, economic ordering quantity, quantity discount,
influence of uncertainty, continuous supply
97. Selection Control, ABC, XYZ, HML, VED, FSN, SDE, and SOS
analysis
98. Selection Control, ABC, XYZ, HML, VED, FSN, SDE, and SOS
analysis
99. Spare parts management of spares Reliability and Quality of
spares
100. Spare parts management of spares Reliability and Quality of
spares
101. Spare parts procurement , spare parts marketing and pricing
102. Spare parts procurement , spare parts marketing and pricing
103. Management of absolute spares
104. Management of absolute spares
105. Objectives of storekeeping, function of store organization, store
organization, location of storekeeping department, factor affecting
location, centralized and decentralized storing
106. Objectives of storekeeping, function of store organization, store
organization, location of storekeeping department, factor affecting
location, centralized and decentralized storing
107. Methods of store-keeping, moving materials into and out of stock,
protection of stores
108. Methods of store-keeping, moving materials into and out of stock,
protection of stores
109. codification, materials requisition
110. codification, materials requisition
111. Preservation of stores, disposal of surplus & scrap.
112. Preservation of stores, disposal of surplus & scrap.
113. Tutorial
114. Introduction to Logistics Management
115. Planning, Control of flow and storage of goods, services.
116. Planning, Control of flow and storage of goods, services.
117. Distribution, Transportation, International Logistics, Inventory
control.
118. Introduction to Logistics Technology including RFID AND ERP
Systems
119. Introduction to Logistics Technology including RFID AND ERP
Systems
120. Introduction to Logistics Technology including RFID AND ERP
Systems
121. CASE STUDIES
122. CASE STUDIES
123. CASE STUDIES
124. CASE STUDIES
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

125. CASE STUDIES


*Min 48 (for four credit Course)
* Min 40 (For Three credit Course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B. Tech
Name of Program Semester- Year-
(Mechanical)
Name of Course Organisational Behaviour
Course Code ME 466
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. B.Tech Mechanical VI Semester
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Enables to understand Foundations of Organizational Behavior
CO2 Enables to understand Work Motivation
CO3 Enables to understand Management
CO4 Enables to understand planning
CO5 Enables to understand organizing
CO6 Enables to understand controlling
CO7 Enables to understand Group Behavior
CO8 Enables to understand Leadership
CO9 Enables to understand Organization culture and Organizational Change
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Management: Nature, purpose and scope of management, Skills and roles of a
Manager, Functions, Development of Management Theories (Classical, Neo-
Classical and Modern).
Unit 2. Planning: Types of plans, Levels of planning, planning process, Management by
objectives, Strategic Management, premising and forecasting; Decision-Making
process, barriers, styles of decision making.
Unit 3. Organizing: Organizational design and structure, Coordination, centralization and
de-centralization, Delegation, Authority & power – concept & distinction, Line
and staff organizations.
Unit 4. Controlling: Concept, planning-control relationship, process of control, Types of
Control, Control Techniques, Staffing: Human Resource Management and
Selection.
Unit 5. Foundations of Organisational Behaviour: The nature and determinants of
organisational behaviour, need for knowledge of OB, contributing disciplines to
the field, OB Model.
Unit 6. Individual differences, Learning, Values, attitudes, Personality (MBTI, Big Five
Model), Emotions, Affective events theory, Emotional Intelligence, Perception,
Attribution theory.
Unit 7. Group Behaviour: Types of Groups, Stages of Group Development, Group
Decision Making, Understanding Teamwork: Types of Teams, Creating Effective
teams, Communication: significance, types, barriers, overcoming barriers.
Leadership: Basic Approaches & Contemporary Issues in Leadership. Conflict:
levels of conflict, resolving conflicts; power and politics: sources of power, use of
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

power.
List of Text Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
24. Organisation Behavior Ashwathappa K
25. Organisational Behaviour Luthans F
26. Organisational Behaviour Robbins S P, Timothy A. Judge
27. Organisational Behavior Aquinas PG
List of Reference Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
Organizational Behavior: Human
1. John W. Newstrom
Behavior at Work
2. The Human Side of Enterprise Douglas McGregor
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in
2. www.citehr.com
3. https://www.slideshare.net/rajasshrie1/chapter-1-ob-38248150
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
126. Management: Nature, purpose and scope of management
127. Skills and roles of a Manager
128. Functions, Development of Management Theories (Classical, Neo-
Classical and Modern)
129. Planning: Types of plans
130. Levels of planning, planning process
131. Management by objectives
132. Strategic Management, premising and forecasting
133. Decision-Making process, barriers, styles of decision making
134. Organizing: Organizational design and structure
135. Coordination, centralization and de-centralization
136. Delegation, Authority & power – concept & distinction
137. Line and staff organizations
138. Controlling: Concept, planning-control relationship
139. process of control, Types of Control
140. Control Techniques
141. Staffing: Human Resource Management and Selection
142. Foundations of Organisational Behaviour
143. The nature and determinants of organisational behaviour
144. need for knowledge of OB
145. contributing disciplines to the field
146. OB Model
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

147. Individual differences, Learning, Values, attitudes


148. Emotional Intelligence, Perception
149. Personality (MBTI, Big Five Model)
150. Emotions, Affective events theory
151. Attribution theory
152. Application of Motivation Theories & workers participation
management
153. Case Studies
154. Group Behaviour: Types of Groups
155. Stages of Group Development
156. Group Decision Making
157. Understanding Teamwork: Types of Teams
158. Creating Effective teams
159. Communication: significance, types, barriers, overcoming barriers.
160. Leadership: Basic Approaches (Trait Theories, Behavioural
Theories & Contingency Theories)
161. Contemporary Issues in Leadership
162. Conflict: levels of conflict, resolving conflicts; power and politics:
sources of power, use of power
163. Organisation culture and Organisational Change
164. Effects of culture
165. changing Organisational culture forces of change
166. Resistance to change, the change process.
167. Case studies
*Min 48 (for four credit Course)
* Min 40 (For Three credit Course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.TECH Semester VII/VIII Year IVth

Name of Course Total Quality Management

Course Code ME-467

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group

Prerequisite if any:
1.
2.
Course Outcomes:
1. Prioritize quality goals based on customer expectations and competition.
2. Identify improvement areas based on cost of poor quality.
3. Organize for quality and development of quality culture through small group
activities.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. UNIT -I INTRODUCTION
Introduction, Need for quality, Evolution of quality, Definitions of quality,
Dimensions of product and service quality, Basic concepts of TQM, TQM
Framework, Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby, Customer focus, Customer
orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer complaints, Customer retention, Costs
of quality.
Unit 2. UNIT- II TQM PRINCIPLES
Leadership, Strategic quality planning, Quality Councils, Employee involvement,
Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork, Quality circles Recognition and
Reward, Performance appraisal, Continuous process improvement, PDCA cycle, 5S,
Kaizen.
Unit 3. UNIT- III TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES I
The seven traditional tools of quality, New management tools, Methodology,
applications to manufacturing and service sector including IT, Bench marking,
Reason to bench mark, Bench marking process, FMEA and FTA.
Unit 4. UNIT- IV TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES II
Control Charts, Process Capability, Concepts of Six Sigma, Quality Function
Development (QFD), Taguchi quality loss function, TPM Concepts, Performance
measures.
Unit 5. UNIT- V QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Need for ISO 9000, ISO 9001-2008 Quality System, Elements, Documentation,
Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000, Concepts, Requirements and Benefits,
TQM Implementation in manufacturing and service sectors.
List of Text Books:
1. Total Quality Management by Dale H. Besterfield
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. Total Quality Management by John S. Oakland, Butterworth - Heinemann


3. Total Quality Management by Suganthi L. , Anand Samuel
List of Reference Books:
1. Total Quality Management by Janakiraman B. R.K. Gopal
2. Total Quality Management by Girish Pathak
3. Total Quality Management by P.N. Mukherjee
URLs:
1. www.swayam.gov.in
2. www.nptel.ac.in
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction of TQM
2. Introduction of TQM
3. Need for quality
4. Need for quality and various definition of quality
5. Evolution of quality,
6. Dimensions of product and service quality
7. Basic concepts of TQM
8 TQM Framework
9. Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby
10. Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby
11. Customer focus
12. Customer orientation
13. Customer satisfaction
14. Customer complaints, Customer retention, Costs of quality.
15. Leadership
16. Strategic quality planning
17. Quality Councils
18. Quality circles Recognition and Reward,
19. Employee involvement
20. Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork
21. Performance appraisal, Continuous process improvement,
PDCA cycle, 5S, Kaizen.
22. The seven traditional tools of quality
23. New management tools, Methodology
24. Applications to manufacturing and service sector including
IT
25. Bench marking
26. Reason to bench mark, Bench marking process
27. FMEA and FTA
28. FMEA and FTA
29. Control Charts
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

30. Process Capability


31. Concepts of Six Sigma
32. Quality Function Development (QFD)
33. Taguchi quality loss function, TPM Concepts, Performance
measures
34. Taguchi quality loss function, TPM Concepts, Performance
measures
35. Need for ISO 9000
36. ISO 9001-2008 Quality System
37. Elements, Documentation, Quality Auditing
38. QS 9000, ISO 14000
39. Concepts, Requirements and Benefits
40. TQM Implementation in manufacturing and service sectors
41. TQM Implementation in manufacturing and service sectors
42. TQM Implementation in manufacturing and service sectors
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech (Mechanical) Semester- Year-4


Name of Course Marketing Management
Course Code ME 468
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. B.Tech Mechanical VI Semester
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Enables to understand Marketing Scope and Concepts, marketing

CO2 Enables to understanding the market place and consumers.

CO3 Enables to understand Consumer markets and consumer buyer Behaviour

CO4 Enables to understand Integrated Marketing Communication

CO5 Enables to understand Sustainable marketing


Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction of Marketing management, Scope and Concepts, marketing: creating and
capturing customer value, partnering to build customer relationship. Understanding the market
place and consumers: analysing the marketing environment, managing marketing information
to gain customer insight
Unit 2. Consumer markets and consumer buyer Behaviour, business markets and business buyer
Behaviour. Designing a customer driven strategy, creating value for target customer, products.
Unit 3. Services and brands, building customer value, new product development and product life.
Managing Marketing Channels, Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Retailing and
Wholesaling
Unit 4. Integrated Marketing Communication, Sales Promotions, Advertising and Public Relations,
Sales Management, Personal Selling, Direct and online Marketing. Sustainable marketing,
Social Responsibility and Ethics.
Unit 5. Marketing Evaluation and Control, Marketing of services. Recent concepts in Marketing,
Global Marketing Strategies for Indian Firms, Digital marketing.
List of Text Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
28. Marketing Management Philip kotler
29. Marketing Management Rajan Saxena
30. Marketing Management SHH Kazmi
31. StrategicMarketingManagement AlexanderChernev
32. PrinciplesofMarketing GaryArmstrongandPhilipKotler
List of Reference Books:
S.No Title of Book Author, publication year and publisher
1. Marketing Management Ramasamy &Namakumari
2. Marketing Management S. Jayachandran
URLs:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. https://nptel.ac.in
2. http://www.netmba.com/marketing/concept/
3. http://www.jimnovo.com/Relationship-Marketing-more.htm
4. http://www.realinnovation.com/content/c081103a.asp
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1. Introduction of Marketing management
2. Scope and Concepts, marketing
3. Scope and Concepts, marketing
4. creating and capturing customer value
5. partnering to build customer relationship
6. Understanding the market place
7. Understanding the consumers
8. analysing the marketing environment
9. managing marketing information to gain customer insight
10. managing marketing information to gain customer insight
11. Consumer markets
12. consumer buyer Behaviour
13. business markets
14. business buyer Behaviour
15. Designing a customer driven strategy and mix
16. creating value for target customer, products,
17. services and brands, building customer values
18. new product development
19. product life cycle strategies
20. Services and brands
21. building customer value
22. new product development
23. product life
24. Managing Marketing Channels
25. Logistics and Supply Chain Management
26. Retailing and Wholesaling
27. Integrated Marketing Communication
28. Sales Promotions
29. Advertising and Public Relations
30. Sales Management
31. Personal Selling
32. Direct and online Marketing
33. Sustainable marketing
34. Social Responsibility and Ethics
35. Marketing Evaluation and Control
36. Marketing of services
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

37. Recent concepts in Marketing


38. Global Marketing Strategies for Indian Firms
39. Digital marketing
40. Digital marketing
41. Digital marketing
*Min 48 (for four credit Course)
* Min 40 (For Three credit Course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech. in


Mechanical
Engineering
Name of Course PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

Course Code ME 469

Core / Elective / Elective –A Group


Other
Prerequisite if any:
1. Basic knowledge of engineering fundamentals. Ability to create
sketches with proper conventions and abbreviations
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to learn how to think, design and develop new parts/products.
2. Able to understand the existing designs, synthesize and analyze the
information for modification or addition in the existing components
3. Able to improve quality of processes / products by applying the
specified procedures of product development
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1 Engineering design process stages and activities, categories of product
design, opportunity analysis, need analysis and information gathering
methods
Unit 2 Concept generation and development, selection, and evaluation
methods, creative thinking methods, decision making models, product
design specifications, benchmarking
Unit 3 Product design stage, identification of alternatives, product
architecture, modular and integral designs, process design,
prototyping, modeling and simulation
Unit 4 Industrial design, detail design, design for manufacturing and
environment, robust design, cost evaluation, legal and ethical issues
Unit 5 Materials selection, design with materials, material selection with
decision matrices, design for recycling and reusability
List of Text Books:
1. Engineering Design, George E. Dieter and Linda C. Schmidt, Mc Graw
hill.
2. Product Design and Development, Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D.
Eppinger, Mc Graw Hill.
3. Product Design for Engineers, Devdas Shetty, Cengage Learning.
List of Reference Books:
1. Engineering Design Methods, Nigel Cross, Wiley.
2. Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, Michael F. Ashby
3. Product Design, Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product
Development, Kevin Otto, Kristin wood, Pearson Education
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

URLs:
1. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/112104230/L01.html
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105087/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1. Introduction
2. Product, process, and materials cycle
3. Categories of designs
4. Opportunity analysis and information gathering
5. Concurrent engineering approach
6. Problem definition and need identification
7. Concept generation and development techniques
8. Concept map or mind map
9. Benchmarking techniques
10. Product dissection or reverse engineering
11. Kano’s model for quality attributes
12. House of quality configurations
13. Product functional decomposition and structure
14. Morphological methods for design
15. Axiomatic design domains
16. Problem solving methods
17. Decision making models (certainty and uncertainty)
18. Decision making models (risk and conflict)
19. Concept evaluation based on absolute criteria
20. Pugh concept selection method
21. Measurement scales and weighted decision matrix
22. Product design specifications
23. Embodiment design phase
24. Product architecture, modular and integral
25. Configuration design analysis
26. Prototyping
27. Types of prototypes
28. Design for experimentation
29. Modeling and simulation
30. Design for manufacture
31. Design for assembly
32. Design for environment
33. Robust design
34. Industrial design
35. Human factors design
36. Assessing the quality of industrial design
37. Detail design activities
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

38. Final design review


39. Materials selection to design
40. Performance characteristics of materials
41. Material performance indices
42. Material selection with decision matrices
43. Design for recycling and reusability
44. Cost evaluation methods
45. Design to cost
46. Product liability
47. Legal and ethical domains
48. Case study I
49. Case study II
50 summary

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B Tech in Mechanical Semester: Year:


Name of Program
Engineering Fourth
Name of Course Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity
Course Code ME 470
Core/Elective/Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Understand of the thermodynamics and the theory of thermo-elasticity and plasticity.
2. Analyze the structure and define new mathematical models of engineering structures.
3. Analyze the state of stress in the elements of constructions.
4. Creative and prepared for the design with the use of more advanced models.
5. Develop expertise in the analysis of stress and deformation of the body.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Basic elasticity-cartesian tensor, three dimensional stress and strain systems, Navier's
equations, Airy’s stress function, Mohr’s circle for three-dimensional stress and strain
systems, viscoelasticity.
Unit 2. Torsion - torsion of noncircular bars, elastic analysis, membrane analogy.
Unit 3. Introduction to plasticity-mechanical behaviour in the plastic range, fundamentals of
plasticity theory, solution of elastoplastic problem, Bausschinger effect-yield locus,
yield surface.
Unit 4. Yield criteria and flow rules-Tresca theory and von Mises yield criterion, their
geometrical representation, experimental evidence for the criteria.
Unit 5. Slip line field theory–two-dimensional plasticity, slip lines, basic equations,
Hencky’s first theorem, Geiringer’s velocity equation, application of slip line field
theory to plane strain problems.
Unit 6. Slab method, Upper bound theorem, Lower bound theorem, Application to metal
forming, plastic analysis of structures. Thermo-mechanical modelling of metal
forming processes. Autofreetage Process. Elasto-plastic analysis of Autofreetage
process.
List of Text Books:
1. P M Dixit and U S Dixit, Plasticity: Fundamentals and Applications, CRC Press, 2014.
2. S.P. Timoshenko and J.N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill, 1970.
3. J. Chakroborty, Theory of Plasticity, McGraw Hill, 1987.
List of Reference Books:
1. I.S. Sokolnikoff, Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill, 1957.
2. A. Khan and S. Huang, Continuum Theory of Plasticity, Wiley, 1995.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/108/105108070/
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/105/105105177/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/103/113103072/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction of elasticity and plasticity concepts in the brittle
and ductile metals.
2.
Basic elasticity-cartesian tensor
3.
4.
Three dimensional stress and strain systems
5.
6. Navier's equations
7.
Airy’s stress function
8.
9.
10.
Mohr’s circle for three-dimensional stress and strain systems
11.
12.
13. Viscoelasticity.
14.
15. Constitutive modelling of elastic behaviour materials
16.
17.
Torsion of noncircular bars,
18.
19.
Elastic analysis of noncircular bars
20.
21.
Membrane analogy of noncircular bars
22.
23.
Introduction to plasticity-mechanical behaviour in the plastic
24.
range
25.
26. Fundamentals of plasticity theory
27.
Solution of elastoplastic problem
28.
29.
Bausschinger effect-yield locus and yield surface.
30.
31. Yield criteria and flow rules-Tresca theory and von Mises
32. yield criterion
33. Geometrical representation of Tresca theory and von Mises
34. yield criterion
35. Experimental evidence of Tresca theory and von Mises yield
36. criterion
37. Slip line field theory–two-dimensional plasticity,
38. α and β slip lines
39. Basic equations of Hencky’s first theorem,
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

40. Geiringer’s velocity equation


41. Application of slip line field theory to plane strain problems
42.
Indentation problem solved by slip line field theory
43.
44. Slab method
45. Upper bound theorem
46. Lower bound theorem
47.
Application to metal forming
48.
49.
plastic analysis of structures
50.

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

B. Tech.
Name of Program Semester Year: IV
(U.G.)
Name of Course Fracture Mechanics and Failure Analysis

Course Code ME – 471

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisites if any:
1. Mechanics of Materials
2. Materials Science
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the mathematical and physical aspects involved in fracture mechanics.
2. Apply the concepts and principles of fracture mechanics in component and system
design.
3. Basic understanding of mechanical behaviour of materials having microscopic flaws.
4. Basic knowledge of experimental methods used for analyzing failure and fracture.

Description of Contents in brief:

Unit 1. Causes of Structure Failure, Atomic View, Failure Connotations, Objectives of


Failure Analysis, Modes of Failure
Unit 2. Stress Concentrations, Effect of Flaws on Stress Concentrations, Overview of
Fracture, Types of Fracture, Fracture Modes, Effect of Material Properties on Fracture
Unit 3. Elements of Fracture Mechanics, Fracture Mechanics Approach to Design,
Introduction to Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics (LEFM), Griffith Theory of
Fracture, Stress Intensity Factor (SIF) , Determination of SIF, Crack Tip Plasticity,
Irwin Approach
Unit 4. Introduction to Elastic - Plastic Fracture Mechanics (EPFM), Crack Tip Opening
Displacement (CTOD), J Contour Integral, Relationship between J and CTOD,
Resistance Curve, Cleavage Fracture, Crack Arrest
Unit 5. Fracture Mechanisms in Metals and Nonmetals, Ductile Fracture, Void Nucleation,
Void growth, Ductile Crack Growth, Brittle Fracture, Cleavage, Cleavage Initiation
Mechanisms, Fracture Mechanisms in Nonmetals
Unit 6 Fracture Toughness Testing of Metals and Nonmetals, Fatigue Analyses of
Engineering Failures, Specimen Configurations and Orientations, KIC Testing,
CTOD Testing, Introduction to NDT, NDT v/s Mechanical testing, Basics of
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)
List of Text Books:
1. Prashant Kumar, Elements of Fracture Mechanics, McGraw Hill India, 2009E
2. Bahram Farahmand, Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics of High Risk Parts, Springer, 1st
Edition
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. Baldev Raj, et al, Practical Non-Destructive Testing, Narosa Publishing House, 2009
Edition
List of Reference Books:
1. Richard Hertzberg, Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering
Materials, John Wiley, 5th Edition
2. Ted L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications, CRC Press, 4th
Edition
3. Louis Cartz, Nondestructive Testing, ASM International
URLs:
1. https://web.mit.edu/course/3/3.11/www/modules/frac.pdf
2. https://www.fracturemechanics.org/
Lecture Plan (about 36-42 Lectures for a three credit course):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Causes of Structure Failure
2. Atomic View
3. Failure Connotations
4. Objectives of Failure Analysis
5. Modes of Failure - I
6. Modes of Failure - II
7. Stress Concentrations
8. Effect of Flaws on Stress Concentrations
9. Overview of Fracture
10. Types of Fracture
11. Fracture Modes
12. Effect of Material Properties on Fracture
13. Elements of Fracture Mechanics
14. Fracture Mechanics Approach to Design – I
15. Fracture Mechanics Approach to Design - II
16. Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics (LEFM) – I
17. Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics (LEFM) – II
18. Griffith Theory of Fracture
19. Stress Intensity Factor (SIF)
20. Determination of SIF
21. Crack Tip Plasticity
22. Irwin Approach
23. Elastic - Plastic Fracture Mechanics (EFFM) - I
24. Elastic - Plastic Fracture Mechanics (EFFM) - II
25. Crack Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD)
26. J Contour Integral
27. Relationship between J and CTOD
28. Resistance Curve and Cleavage Fracture
29. Crack Arrest Concept
30. Fracture Mechanisms in Metals and Nonmetals
31. Void Nucleation and Void growth
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

32. Ductile Fracture and Ductile Crack Growth


33. Brittle Fracture
34. Cleavage and Cleavage Initiation Mechanisms
35. Fracture Mechanisms in Nonmetals
36. Fracture Toughness Testing - I
37. Fracture Toughness Testing - II
38. Fracture Toughness Testing - III
39. Fatigue Analyses of Engineering Failures
40. KIC Testing, CTOD Testing,
41. Introduction to NDT, NDT v/s Mechanical testing
42. Basics of Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech Semester Year 4

Name of Course Mechanics of Composite Materials

Course Code ME 472

Core / Elective / Other Elective


Prerequisite if any:
1.
Course Outcomes:
1. Students will be able to predict the elastic properties of both long and short fiber
composites based on the constituent properties.
2. Students will be able to predict the failure strength of a laminated composite plate.
3. Students will be able to analyze a laminated plate in bending, including finding
laminate properties from lamina properties and find residual stresses from curing and
moisture.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Definition of composite material, fiber, matrix, types of fibers and raw fiber
properties, types of matrix, prepegs, fillers and other additives, advantages and
applications, composite materials and structures, applications and use of composite
materials in present world
Unit 2. Basics of composites, mechanical behavior, lamina, laminate, the basic building block
of a composite material
Unit 3. Micromechanical analysis of composite strength and stiffness, properties and typical
composite materials, volume and weight fractions, longitudinal strength and stiffness,
traverse modulus, in-plane shear modulus, poisson ratio.
Unit 4. Elastic properties of unidirectional lamina, stress-strain relationships, engineering
constants, stress strain relations of a thin lamina, examples.
Unit 5. Analysis of laminated composites, laminates, basic assumptions, strain displacement
relationship, stress-strain relationships, equilibrium, equations, laminate stiffness,
determination of lamina stresses and strains, types of laminate configuration,
balanced laminate, anti-symmetric laminate, examples, multi channel integration,
look at the big picture wireless applications
Unit 6. Failure theories: micromechanics of failure of unidirectional lamina, anisotropic
strength and failure theories, importance of shear strength, choice of failure criteria,
examples.
List of Text Books:
1. Madhujit Mukhopadhyay , Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures , Orient
Blackswan, 2010
2. R M Jones , Mechanics of Composite Materials , CRC Press, 2015
3. Agarwal, B.D., and Broutman, L.J., “Analysis and Performance of Fibre Composites”,
John Wiley and sons. Inc., New York, 1995
List of Reference Books:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Autar K. Kaw , Mechanics of Composite Materials, 2nd ed., CRC Press, 2006
2. I. M. Daniel, O. Ishai, Mechanics of Composite Materials, Oxford University
Press,2006
3.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104161/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104249/
3.
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Over view of the subject, relevance to industry, Definition of
composite material
2 fiber, matrix, types of fibers and raw fiber properties
3 types of matrix, prepegs, fillers and other additives
4 advantages and applications
5 composite materials and structures
6 applications and use of composite materials in present world
7 Basics of composites
8 mechanical behavior, lamina, laminate
9 mechanical behavior, lamina, laminate
10 the basic building block of a composite material
11 the basic building block of a composite material
12 Micromechanical analysis of composite strength and stiffness
13 Micromechanical analysis of composite strength and stiffness
14 MINI TEST
15 properties and typical composite materials
16 volume and weight fractions
17 longitudinal strength and stiffness
18 traverse modulus
19 in-plane shear modulus
20 poisson ratio
21 Elastic properties of unidirectional lamina
22 Elastic properties of unidirectional lamina
23 stress-strain relationships
24 stress-strain relationships
25 Engineering constants, stress strain relations of a thin lamina,
examples.
26 Engineering constants, stress strain relations of a thin lamina,
examples.
27 Analysis of laminated composites
28 laminates, basic assumptions
29 strain displacement relationship, stress-strain relationships
30 equilibrium, equations, laminate stiffness
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

31 determination of lamina stresses and strains,


32 types of laminate configuration, balanced laminate,
33 anti-symmetric laminate, examples,
34 multi channel integration, look at the big picture wireless
applications
35 micromechanics of failure of unidirectional lamina
36 anisotropic strength and failure theories
37 importance of shear strength,.
38 choice of failure criteria, examples
*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech in Mechanical Semester: Year: IV


Engineering
Name of Course Computational Methods

Course Code ME-473

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group


Prerequisite if any:
1.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
1. Understand of the fundamental theory of the finite element methods.
2. Generate the governing FE equations for systems governed by partial differential
equations.
3. Understand the use of the basic finite elements for structural applications using truss,
beam, frame, and plane elements.
4. Demonstrate the ability to evaluate and interpret FEA analysis results for design and
evaluation purposes.
5. Ability to create models for trusses, frames, plate structures, machine parts, and
components using ANSYS general-purpose software.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Historical background, basic concept of the finite element method,
comparison with finite difference method.
Unit 2. Variational methods: calculus of variation, the Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin methods;
Finite element analysis of 1-D problems: formulation by different approaches (direct,
potential energy and Galerkin); Derivation of elemental equations and their assembly,
solution and its post-processing. Applications in heat transfer, fluid mechanics and
solid mechanics. Bending of beams, analysis of truss and frame.
Unit 3. Finite element analysis of 2-D problems: finite element modelling of single variable
problems, triangular and rectangular elements; Applications in heat transfer, fluid
mechanics and solid mechanics
Unit 4. Numerical considerations: numerical integration, error analysis, mesh refinement.
Plane stress and plane strain problems; Bending of plates; Eigen value and time
dependent problems.
Unit 5. Discussion about preprocessors, postprocessors and finite element packages namely
ANSYS, ABAQUS, LS Dyna, Simufact to name a few.
List of Text Books:
1. U.S. Dixit, Finite element methods for engineer, Cengage Learning, 2009.
2. K.J. Bathe, Finite element procedures, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 1996.
3. J. N. Reddy, An introduction to the finite element method, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill,
2006.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

4. R.D. Cook, D. S. Malkus and M. E. Plesha, Concepts and Applications of Finite


Element Analysis, 4th edition, John Wiley, 2007
List of Reference Books:
1. O. C. Zienkiewicz and R. L. Taylor, The Finite Element Method, 7th edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2013.
2. T. J. R. Hughes, The Finite Element Method, Prentice-Hall, 1986.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104116/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104115/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106135/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106130/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/108/105108141/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Finite element method: a quick introduction
2. Direct FEM formulation of axial rod problem
3. Direct FEM formulation of beam problem
4.
5. Some classical function approximation methods for solving
6. differential equations: Ritz method, Galerkin method, Least
7. square method, Collactive methods.
8.
9. Ritz FEM formulation
10.
11. Galerkin FEM formulation
12.
13. Developing elemental equations by Ritz method
14. Developing element equations by Galerkin method
15. Some one-dimensional C0 continuity FEM formulation:
16. steady-state heat conduction; longitudinal deformation of a
rod; fluid flow problem
17. Finite element formulation for bending of beams: Galerkin
18. FEM formulation; weak form; choose suitable approximating
shape functions; Hermitian shape function; elemental
equation, application of boundary conditions and solution
19. Finite element formulation for trusses and frames
20.
21. Introduction to 2-D and 3-D FEM
22. Triangular elements, Tetrahedral element, Rectangular
elements, Bricks element
23. Governing heat conduction equation for 2D heat conduction
problems
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

24. Weak form and FEM formulation


25. Assembly procedure of 2D problems in FEM
26. Poisson equation for 3D FEM
27. Torsion of circular and non-circular cross section
28.
29. Numerical integration: One-dimensional integration formula;
Two dimensional integration formula
30. Integration over square region; Integration over triangular
region
31. Natural coordinates and iso-parametric, sub-parametric and
super parametric elements
32. Four noded quadrilateral elements and serendipity elements
33. Eight noded curvilinear elements
34. -36. FEM Formulation for Plane Stress and Plane Strain Problems
35. Free Vibration Problems: Vibration of A Rod and vibration
36. of a beam
37. Finite Element Formulation of Time Dependent Problems
38. FEM formulation of plate problem
39.
40. FEM formulation of 2D flow problem
41.
42. Error analysis in finite element methods: errors measure
43. Types of errors, Super convergent patch recovery (SPR)
technique
44. Higher order of approximations of primary variables
45. Error estimates by recovery
46. Miscellaneous topics: Difference between FEM and FDM,
47. Essential and Natural boundary conditions, Solving the
48. problem of fracture mechanics using FEM, Ill condition
system, patch test.
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech (Mechanical IV


Engineering)
Name of Course Analysis and Design of Mechanical Control Systems

Course Code ME-474

Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group

Prerequisite if any:
1.
Course Outcomes:
1. Acquire knowledge ofautomatic control of Mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic
and electrical machines.
2. Understand the concept of stability.
3. Enables to understand transfer function, signal flow graph representation
4. To know the concept of time, frequency response and state-space models.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. UNIT-I Introduction, fundamental definitions, type of system, Laplace
transformation, poles and Zeros, mathematical modeling of Mechanical
electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, thermal systems. Block diagram reduction
and signal flow path.

Unit 2. UNIT-II Time response analysis, characteristics of first-order, second and


higher-order systems static and dynamic error calculations.

Unit 3. UNIT-III Stability, stability analysis using Routh-Hurwitz criterion, Root locus
plot, Bode plot.

Unit 4. UNIT-IV Design of PI, PD, PID controllers log, lead and lag-lead
compensator design,

Unit 5. UNIT-V State space representation, transfer function, controllability &


absorbability.

List of Text Books:


1. Modern control theory, Katsuhiko Ogata, Pearson Education International.
2. Control System Engineering, J. Nagrath, M.Gopal, New Age International
Publishers.
List of Reference Books:
1. Automatic Control Systems, Farid Golnaraghi, B.C. Kuo, John Wiley & Sons
Int..
2. Modern Control Systems, R.C. Dorf, H. Bishop, Pearson Education
International.
URLs:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. www.swayam.gov.in
2. www.nptel.ac.in
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):

*Lecture No. Topic Remarks


1. Introduction to control systems
2. Mechanical control systems
3. Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electrical control systems
4. Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electrical control systems
5. Fundamental definitions,
6. Laplace transformation,
7. Laplace transformation, poles and zeros,
8 Laplace transformation, poles and zeros,
9. Mathematical modeling of mechanical, electrical,
pneumatic, hydraulic, thermal systems.
10. Mathematical modeling of mechanical, electrical,
pneumatic, hydraulic, thermal systems.
11. Block diagram reduction and signal flow path.
12. Block diagram reduction and signal flow path.
13. Block diagram reduction and signal flow path.
14. Time response analysis
15. Time response analysis
16. Characteristics of first-order systems
17. Characteristics of second-order systems
18. Characteristics of higher-order systems
19. Static and dynamic error calculations
20. Static and dynamic error calculations
21. Stability
22. Stability analysis using Routh-Hurwitz criterion
23. Stability analysis using Routh-Hurwitz criterion
24. Stability analysis using Routh-Hurwitz criterion
25. Root locus plot,
26. Root locus plot
27. Bode plot
28. Bode plot
29. Controllers
30. Design of PI controllers
31. Design of PD controllers
32. Design of PID controllers
33. Log, lead and lag-lead compensator design,

34. Log, lead and lag-lead compensator design,

35. Log, lead and lag-lead compensator design,


MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

36. State space representation


37. State space representation
38. State space representation
39. Transfer function
40. Transfer function
41. Transfer function
42. Controllability
43. Controllability
44. Absorbability
45. Absorbability
46. Tutorial
47. Tutorial
48. Tutorial

*Min 48 (for four credit course)


Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B.Tech. Semester Year IV

Name of Course Advanced Machine Design


Course Code ME 475
Core / Elective / Other Elective-A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Machine Design 1
2. Machine Design 2
3. Manufacturing science
Course Outcomes:
1. Enables to understand the basic concept of contact stresses for various shapes and its
application.
2. Enables to apply the Lagrange multiplier method for different engineering optimization
problems.
3. Enables to gain knowledge about economic, human, stiffness, rigidity, impact, fracture
and wear consideration in machine design.
4. Enables to design of different IC engine components.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Residual and Contact Stress:- Residual stresses, its causes, manufacturing process
causing thermal gradient, impact etc. Contact stresses and Hertzian stresses
Unit 2. Optimization in Design, Economic Consideration, Human Consideration in Design.
Product Design, Creativity in Design and Alternative Design. Different modules of
Design theory like aesthetics, form, shape and color.
Unit 3. Stiffness and Rigidity considerations in Design, Shock and Impact
considerations in Design, Design against Fracture, Wear consideration in Design,
Tribology, Concept of Friction, Wear and Lubrication, Effect of surface films,
Designing for wear life, Erosive and Corrosive Wear.
Unit 4. Detailed design and working drawing: Petrol Engine/Diesel Engine.
Lathe/Milling/Drilling Machine, Computer Aided Design of one assembly from the
above.
List of Text Books:
1. Siraj Ahmed (2014): Mechanical Engineering Design: Principles and concepts, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd, ISBN-978-81-203-4931-5, New Delhi.
List of Reference Books:
1. Rao and Dukkipatti (2006): Mechanism and Machine Theory: New age International
Pvt. Ltd., ISBN 81-224-0426-X, New Delhi.
2. George Dieter, Linda Schmidt (2009): Engineering Design: McGraw-Hill Education,
ISBN 0072837039, The University of Michigan.
3. G.M.Maitra and L.V. Prasad (2009): Handbook of Mechanical Design, McGraw-Hill
Education, ISBN 978-0-07-460238-6, New Delhi.
4. Robert L. Norton (2009): Machine Design:, Pearson Education, ISBN 978-81-317-
0533-9, New Delhi.
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Residual and Contact Stress


2. Manufacturing process causing thermal gradient
3. Contact stresses
4. Hertzian stresses
5. Tutorial
6. Tutorial
7. Optimization in Design
8. Economic Consideration
9. Human Consideration
10. Stiffness and rigidity considerations in design
11. Shock and impact considerations in designagainst fracture
12. Wear consideration in design
13. Tribology
14. Concept of friction
15. Wear and lubrication
16. Effect of surface films
17. Designing for wear life
18. Erosive and corrosive wear
19. Creativity in design and alternative design
20. Product design
21. Different modules of design theory
22. Aesthetics and form
23. Shape and color
24. Tutorial
25. Tutorial
26. Tutorial
27. Product design
28. Different modules of design theory
29. Detailed design: diesel/Petrol engine Components
30. Detailed design: diesel/Petrol engine Components
31. Detailed design: diesel/Petrol engine Components
32. Detailed design: Lathe Components
33. Detailed design Lathe Components
34. Computer aided design of one assembly from the above
35. Tutorial
36. Tutorial
37. Tutorial
38. Tutorial
39. Tutorial
40. Tutorial
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B Tech Semester Year IV

Name of Course Engineering Optimisation


Course Code ME 476
Core / Elective / Other Elective-A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Operations Research
Course Outcomes:
1. Formulate engineering problems as mathematical optimization problems
2. Explain the techniques of optimization for engineering problems.
3. Apply computer software to solve engineering optimisation problems.
4. Explain the heuristic optimization methods.
Description Of Contents In Brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Statement of An Optimization Problem, Classification of Optimization
Problems, Mathematical Formulation of Optimization Problems, Engineering
Applications of Optimization;.
Unit 2. Fundamental Concepts In Optimization: Concave Functions, Convex Functions,
Local Optima, Global Optima; Principles of Optimization,Unconstrained and
Constrained Problems, Necessary and Sufficient Conditions of Optimality
Unit 3. Constraint Optimisation Techniques, Active and Inactive Constraints, Interior and
Exterior Penalty Functions, Integer Programming: Branch-and-Bound Algorithm.
Algorithms for Non-Linear Optimization Problems:
Unit 4. Algorithms For Single Variable Optimization Problems, Golden Section Search
Method, Newton-RaphsonMethod; Algorithms For Multi-Variable Optimization
Problems: Steepest Descent Method, Quadratic Programming; Solving Optimization
Problems Using Solvers (Excel, LINGO, AMPL).
Unit 5. Heuristic Optimization Methods: Working Principles ofGenetic Algorithm,
Simulated Annealing, Ant Colony Optimization, and Particle Swarm Optimization;
Unit 6 Multi-Objective Optimization: Concept Of Pareto-Optimality, Multi-Criterion
Decision Problems,Analytic Hierarchy Process
List Of Text Books:
1. J. S. Arora, Introduction To Optimum Design, 3rd Ed. Academic Press, 2011
2. A. D. BelegunduAnd T. R. Chandrupatla, Optimization Concepts And Applications
In Engineering, 2nd Ed. Cambridge University Press, 2011.
3. K. Deb, Optimization For Engineering Design, 2nd Ed. Prentice-Hall Of India, 2011
List Of Reference Books:
1. D. Nagesh Kumar, Optimization Methods. [Online] Available:
Http://Nptel.Ac.In/Course.Php
2. S. S. Rao, Engineering Optimization, 3rd Ed. New Age International, 2013
3. A. Ravindran, K. M. Ragsdell, And G. V. Reklaitis, Engineering Optimization:
Methods And Applications, 2nd Ed. Wiley India, 2006
4 H. A. Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, 8th Ed. Prentice-Hall Of
India,1998.
Urls:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. Https://Nptel.Ac.In/Courses/111/105/111105039/
2. Https://Nptel.Ac.In/Courses/103/103/103103164/
3. Http://Www.Nptelvideos.In/2012/11/Numerical-Optimization.Html
Lecture Plan (About 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction:
2. Statement Of An Optimization Problem,
3 Classification of Optimization Problems,
4 Mathematical Formulation of Optimization Problems,
5 Mathematical Formulation of Optimization Problems
6 Mathematical Formulation of Optimization Problems
7 Engineering Applications of Optimization
8 Engineering Applications of Optimization
9 Fundamental Concepts In Optimization
10 Concave Functions,
11 Convex Functions,
12 Local Optima, Global Optima;
13 Principles of Optimization of Unconstrained and Constrained
Problems
14 Necessary and Sufficient Conditions Of Optimality
15 Constraint Optimisation Techniques
16 Active and Inactive Constraints
17 Interior and Exterior Penalty Functions
18 Integer Programming:Branch-and-Bound Algorithm
19 Algorithms For Non-Linear Optimization Problems
20 Algorithms For Non-Linear Optimization Problems
21 Algorithms For Single Variable Optimization Problems
22 Algorithms For Single Variable Optimization Problems
23 Golden Section Search Method, Using Solvers (Excel,
LINGO, AMPL).
24 Golden Section Search Method, Using Solvers (Excel,
LINGO, AMPL
25 Golden Section Search Method, Using Solvers (Excel,
LINGO, AMPL
26 Newton-Raphson Method;
27 Newton-Raphson Method;
28 Algorithms For Multi-Variable Optimization Problems:
29 Algorithms For Multi-Variable Optimization Problems:
30 Steepest Descent Method,
31 Quadratic Programming;
32 Solving Optimization Problems
33 Heuristic Optimization Methods:;
34 Working Principles Of Genetic Algorithm,
35 Simulated Annealing,
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

36 Ant Colony Optimization,


37 Ant Colony Optimization
38 Particle Swarm Optimization
39 Particle Swarm Optimization
40 Multi-Objective Optimization:
41 Multi-Objective Optimization:
42 Concept Of Pareto-Optimality
43 Multi-Criterion Decision Problems
44 Multi-Criterion Decision Problems
45 Analytic Hierarchy Process

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of B.Tech. Semester Year IV


Program
Name of Course Maintenance Engineering & Management

Course Code ME 477

Core / Elective / Other Group-A

Prerequisite:
1. Construction & Working of Machines/equipments used in Manufacturing/Production
processes.
2. Basic understanding on Machines units/assemblies / operating mechanisms and
automation.
3. Conceptual Knowledge on Design principles, Materials applications, Reliability and
Factors affecting industrial production i.e. Productivity, Cost, Quality, Delivery,
Safety, Energy & its conservation, Pollution, Inventory.
Course Outcomes:
C01 Students will understand meaning &significant importance of Maintenance
Engineering & Management in context to various manufacturing/production
industries objectives and production strategies.
C02 Students will understand traditional and latest concepts & strategies of
machine/equipment maintenance. Planning, scheduling & execution of
maintenance system.
CO3 Student’s technical skill enhancement on machines/equipmentsmechanisms, their
failuresidentification/troubleshooting and application of latest diagnostic
techniques (online/offline).
Description of Contents in brief:
1. Meaning/definition of Maintenance.Brief evolution of maintenance concept in
industries and its significant role in context to latest manufacturing/production
systems and technologies. Importance of effective maintenance actions on
machine/plant productivity, safety, product quality, profitability, inventory
control, energy conservation, pollution control etc. Maintenance objectives,
Types/classification of traditional & latest maintenance concepts/strategies.
2. Description of physical/productive assets; life cycle, failures/faults, physical
degradation/deterioration, up/down time etc. Unplanned/emergency
maintenance and offline preventive maintenance strategies; their
types,working principles, advantages & disadvantages, Planning
&implementation with examples etc.
3. Tribology and its application in maintenance; practical examples of metal/non
metal parts/components failures related to friction & wear mechanism, their
root causes and prevention system/actions in various types of
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

machines/equipments. Online Preventive maintenance strategy; Condition


based /predictive maintenance system, Modern CBM techniques & their
working process/advantages/limitations/applications.
4. Total Productive Maintenance concept; meaning/definition, objectives,
advantages, 8 Pillars implementation. Computer aided maintenance
management, organization of maintenance department.
5. Reliability Centered Maintenance; meaning/definition, objectives, advantages,
implementation examples. Performance metrics of Maintenance function.
List of Reference Books:
1. Total Productive Maintenance; proven strategies and techniques to keep
equipment running by Steven Borris, Mc-Graw Hill
2. Methodologies and Techniques for AdvancedMaintenance; Lorenzo Fedele,
Springer London Dordrecht Heidelberg New York
3. RCM by John Moubray, Butterworth-Heinemann.
4 Maintenance forIndustrial Systems; Riccardo Manzini · Alberto Regattieri
Hoang Pham · Emilio Ferrari, Springer Dordrecht Heidelberg London New York
5 An introduction to predictive maintenance by R. Keith Mobley, Elsevier
Butterworth-Heinemann

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):


Lecture Topic
No.
1. Meaning/definition of Maintenance. Brief evolution of maintenance
concept in industries.
2. Its significant role in context to latest manufacturing/production systems
and technologies.
3. Importance of effective maintenance actions on machine/plant
productivity, safety, product quality.
4 Importance of effective maintenance actions on profitability, inventory
control, energy conservation, pollution control etc.
5 Maintenance objectives& Qualities required for Maintenance Engineer
6 Types/classification of traditional maintenance concepts/strategies.
7 Types/classification of latest maintenance concepts/strategies.
8 Part I: Description of physical/productive assets; life cycle, failures/faults,
physical degradation/deterioration, up/down time etc.
9 Part II: Description of physical/productive assets; life cycle, failures/faults,
physical degradation/deterioration, up/down time etc.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

10 Unplanned/emergency maintenance strategies; their types, working


principles, advantages & disadvantages
11 Part I: offline preventive maintenance strategies; their types, working
principles, advantages & disadvantages
12 Part II: offline preventive maintenance strategies; their types, working
principles, advantages & disadvantages
13 Part I: offline preventive maintenance strategies: Planning &
implementation with examples etc.
14 Part II: offline preventive maintenance strategies: Planning &
implementation with examples etc.
15 Tribology and its application in maintenance
16 Tribology: practical examples of metal/non metal parts/components
failures related to friction & wear mechanism
17 Part I: friction & wear mechanism, their root causes and prevention
system/actions in various types of machines/equipments.
18 Part II: friction & wear mechanism, their root causes and prevention
system/actions in various types of machines/equipments.
19 Online Preventive maintenance strategy; Condition based /predictive
maintenance system.
20 Modern CBM techniques & their working process
21 Part I: Vibration monitoring technique
22 Part II: Vibration monitoring technique
23 Part III: Vibration monitoring technique
24 Thermography technique - I
25 Thermography technique - II
26 Wear debris analysis
27 NDT - I
28 NDT-II
29 Total Productive Maintenance concept; meaning/definition, objectives,
advantages.
30 Total Productive Maintenance 8 Pillars
31 TPM: Training and education
32 TPM: Zishu Hozen/Autonomous Maintenance
33 TPM: Kobetsu Kaizen/OEE
34 TPM: Kobetsu Kaizen/OEE
35 Computer aided maintenance management
36 Organization of maintenance department.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

37 Reliability Centered Maintenance; meaning/definition, objectives,


advantages
38 Part I: Reliability Centered Maintenance implementation process
39 Part II: Reliability Centered Maintenance implementation process
40 Performance metrics of Maintenance function

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program B. Tech. Semester: Year: 4th

Name of Course Advanced Operations Research

Course Code ME 478

Core / Elective / Other Elective-A Group

Prerequisite if any:
1. Operations Research
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyse and synthesis the linear programming problem and non linear
problems
2. Simulate the optimization problems and Develop decision making skills
3. Understanding goal programming and dynamic programming methods
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction of LP, Simplex Problem, Duality in Linear Programming, Dual
Simplex Method, Revised Simplex Method, Sensitivity analysis,
Unit 2. Special Cases of Assignment Problem, Transportation Problem and
Optimality Test, Transhipment Problem,
Unit 3. Integer Linear Programming, Branch and Bound Method, Goal
Programming,
Unit 4. Decision Analysis: Decision Trees, Sequencing Problem
Unit 5. Simulation, Monte-Carlo Method, Dynamic Programming,
Unit 6 Non-Linear Programming, Game Theory, Multi Criteria Decision Making
Tools
List of Text Books:
1. Introduction to Operations Research, by Frederick S. Hillier and Gerald J.
Lieberman, Tata McGraw Hill, New York.
2. Operations Research: An Introduction, by Hamdy A. Taha, Prentice-Hall, New
York.
3. Operations Research by Heera & Gupta, S Chand Publications
List of Reference Books:
1. Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms, Winston, W. L.Duxbury
Press, Belmont
2. Operations Research by Ravindran and Phillip; Wiley publication
3. Quantitative Techniques in Management by N D Vohra; McGraw Hill
Education
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106134/
2. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2365/fundamentals-of-operations-research
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals-of-operations-research.html
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):


*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction of advanced OR
2. Scope of LP
3 Limitation of LP
4 Simplex Problem,
5 Simplex Problem
6 Simplex Problem
7 Duality in Linear Programming, ,
8 Dual Simplex Method,
9 Revised Simplex Method,
10 Revised Simplex Method,
11 Sensitivity analysis
12 Sensitivity analysis
13 Special Cases of Assignment Problem
14 Special Cases of Assignment Problem,
15 Transportation Problem
16 Transportation Problem
17 Optimality Test,
18 Optimality Test,
19 Transhipment Problem
20 Transhipment Problem
21 Integer Linear Programming,
22 Branch and Bound Method,
23 Goal Programming
24 Goal Programming
25 Goal Programming
26 Decision Analysis
27 Decision Analysis
28 Decision Trees
29 Decision Trees
30 Sequencing problem
31 Sequencing problem
32 Simulation,
33 Monte-Carlo Method,
34 Dynamic Programming
35 Dynamic Programming
36 Dynamic Programming
37 Non-Linear Programming,
38 Non-Linear Programming,
39 Game Theory
40 Game Theory
41 Multi Criteria Decision Making Tools
42 Multi Criteria Decision Making Tools
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of B. Tech. Semester – Year – 4th


Program
Name of Course Service Operations Management
Course Code ME 479
Core / Elective / Elective-A Group
Other
Prerequisite:
1. Nil
Course Outcomes:
1. To enable students to understand scope of services operations management
2. To formulate and solve real world problems related to industries
3. To design methods to improve competitiveness and effective utilization of services
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction of Services Operations Management, Nature and Characteristics of services,
Functions of Management, Vision, Mission, Leadership Style, Theories of Motivation,
competitiveness
Unit 2. Service Operations Strategy, Balance Score card, Production Processes, Selection of
Processes, Break even analysis
Unit 3. Service Quality Control, Quality control tools, Deming’s 14 Points, Process control
charts, Process Capability, Six Sigma, Acceptance Sampling
Unit 4. Factors affecting Service Facility Location decision, Service Facility Layout
Unit 5. Service Supply Chains, Queuing management, HR management in Service industries
Unit 6. Forecasting methods in service industries, MCDM Techniques for service applications
List of Text Books:
1. Operations Management by Russel & Taylor; Wiley
2. B. Fitzsimmons, James A., and Mona J. Fitzsimmons,Service Management:
Operations,Strategy, and Information Technology, 6th Ed., Irwin/McGraw-Hill, 2007.
3. C. Haksever, Render B., Russel S. R. and Murdick R. G.,Service Management and Operations,
2nd Ed.,Prentice Hall, 2007.
List of Reference Books:
1. Handbook of Industrial Engineering: Technology and Operations Management
by Gavriel Salvendy; Wiley publication

2. Modern production/operations management by Buffa: Wiley India

3. Operations management by Krajewski; pearson

URLs:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_VJkKZFuRvE&list=PL4FjpOEssq4HuaN7Q3pU9mL5uZuPB
V_tF
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSd8Hbg-tuY&list=PLLy_2iUCG87A-
kHGx4YUY97ShTTqBfA6-
Lecture Plan :
Lecture Topic Remarks
No.
1. Introduction of service operations management,
2. Nature and Characteristics of services
3. competitiveness
4. Functions of Management
5. Theories of Motivation
6. Service Operations Strategy
7. Balance Score card,
8. Selection of Processes,
9. Break even analysis
10. QFD,
11. Quality Control,
12. Quality control tools,
13. TQM
14. Process control charts,
15. Six Sigma
16. Acceptance Sampling
17. Case discussion
18. Factors affecting of service Facility Location decision
19. Methods of service facility location
20. Methods of service facility location
21. Service Facility Layout
22. Service Facility Layout
23. Case discussion
24. Service Supply Chains
25. Service Supply Chains
26. Queuing management
27. Queuing management
28. Queuing management
29. HR management in Service industries
30. HR management in Service industries
31. HR management in Service industries
32. Forecasting methods in service industries
33. Forecasting methods in service industries
34. Forecasting methods in service industries
35. Forecasting methods in service industries
36. MCDM Techniques
37. MCDM Techniques
38. MCDM Techniques
39. MCDM Techniques
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003
40. Seminar
41. Seminar
42. Seminar

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


No. Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Attendance/Assignment if any 10
4 Tutorial if any
5 Quiz if any 10
6 Seminar, Viva voce if ay
7 End Semester Examination 50
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
9 Any other
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

ELECTIVES (GROUP-C)

Name of Program B. Tech Semester– Year - IV


Name of Course Computational Fluid Dynamics
Course Code
Core / Elective / Other Elective –A Group
Prerequisite if any:
1. Fluid Mechanics
2. Heat Transfer
Course Outcomes:
1. Students will able to understand various discretization method.
2. Students will be able tostatevarious convective and diffusion scheme.
3. Students will be able to apply finite difference, finite volume and finite element
methods to fluid flow problems.
4. Students will be able to analyze the accuracy of a numerical solution for different grid
arrangement.
5. Student will able to design numerical algorithm and develop a computer codefor fluid
flow and heat transfer problem.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Introduction to CFD and its applications, Governing equations for
fluid flow: Continuity, Momentum and Energy, Classification of partial differential
equations, General behavior of different classes of PDE: parabolic, hyperbolic and
elliptic, Initial and boundary conditions.
Unit 2. Finite Difference MethodTaylor series expansion, Finite difference equations (FDE)
of 1st, and 2nd order derivatives, Truncation errors, Order of accuracy, Steady and
unsteady one-and two-dimensional heat conduction equations, One-dimensional
wave equations,Explicit and Implicit approach, Solutions of simultaneous equations:
direct and indirect method, Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel method, Gauss-elimination, TDMA,
Gauss Jordan.
Unit 3. Finite Element Methods:Introduction and formulation, Weighted Residual method,
Shape function, Boundary conditions, Unsteady 1-D heat conduction
Unit 4. Finite Volume Method:Control volume formulation, Steady 1-D conduction,
Unsteady one-dimensional conduction, Two and Three-dimensional conduction,
Over and under relaxation, Steady one- dimensional convection and diffusion.
Unit 5. CFD Techniques: Lax-Wendroff technique, MacCormack Technique, Relaxation
technique, Aspects of numerical dissipation and dispersion, Alternating-direction
implicit (ADI) technique.
Unit 6. N-S Equations for Incompressible Flow:Vorticity-Streamfunction approach,
Boundary conditions, Need of staggered grid, SIMPLE algorithms, MAC algorithm,
Introduction to commercial CFD solvers.
List of Text Books:
1. J. D. Anderson, Computational fluid Dynamics, McGraw Hill, 1st edition, 1995.
2. G.S. Ghosdastidar, Computational Fluid Dynamics & Heat Transfer, Cengage India Pvt
Ltd, 1st Edition, 2017.
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

3. K. Muralidhar and T. Sundararajan, Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer,


Narosa Publishing House, 2nd edition, 2014 .
4. T. J. Chung, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 2nd Edition,
2002.
List of Reference Books:
1. S V. Patankar. Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, CRC press, 1st edition, 1980.
2. J. C. Tannehill, D. A. Anderson and R. H. Pletcher, Computational Fluid Mechanics
and Heat Transfer, CRC Press, 3rd Edition, 2011.
3. J. Blazek, Computational Fluid Dynamics: Principles and Applications, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 3rd edition, 2015.
4. H. K. Versteeg & W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics,
Pearson, 2nd edition, 2007.
URLs:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105045/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101/106/101106045/
3. https://www.cfd-online.com/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104030/
Lecture Plan (about 40-50 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1 An introduction to the computational fluid dynamics
2 Applications and advantage of CFD
3 Governing equation for fluid flow and heat transfer
4 Control volume approach& derivation of continuity equation
5 Derivation of Navier-Stokes equations
6 Derivation of energy equations
7 Initial and boundary conditions
8 Classification of partial differential equations – Parabolic
9 Elliptic and Hyperbolic equation
10 Initial and boundary conditions
11 Introduction to Taylor series expansion
12 1st and 2nd order finite difference derivatives,
13 Truncation error and order of accuracy
14 1-D & 2-D heat conduction equations
15 1-D wave equations
16 Explicit and Implicit method
17 Direct and iterative methods
18 Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel method
19 Gauss-elimination and Gauss Jordon
20 Tridiagonal matrix algorithms (TDMA)
21 Unwinding of convective term and its significance
22 Introduction to finite element method
23 Formulation of weighted residual method
24 Shape function and their evaluations
25 One dimensional heat conduction
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

26 Introduction to finite volume method and control volume


formulation
27 Solution of 1-D heat conduction equation with FVM
28 Unsteady 1-D heat conduction equation
29 Discretization of equation for two dimension
30 Solution of algebraic equations
31 Overrelaxation and underrelaxation
32 Steady one- dimensional convection and diffusion
33 Lax-Wendroff technique
34 MacCormack Technique
35 Alternating-direction implicit (ADI) technique
36 Aspect of numerical dissipation and dispersion
37 Vorticity-stream function formulations
38 Need of staggered grid
39 The pressure correction formula
40 The SIMPLE algorithm
41 Boundary conditions for pressure correction method
42 MAC algorithm
*Min 48 (for four credit course)

Evaluation Criteria:

Sl.No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Assignment if any 20 Development of computer
code for heat transfer
4 Tutorial if any --
5 Quiz if any --
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any --
7 End Semester Examination 50
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

Name of Program Bachelor of Technology Semester: Year:


(B.Tech)
Name of Course
Mechatronics and NDT in Engineering
Course Code

Core / Elective /
Elective –C Group
Other
Prerequisite if any:
1. Basics Electronics and computer science.
2. Basic Physics
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify various components of a mechatronic system and their correlations and
explain dynamic characteristics of the system.
2. Devise mathematical model various closed loop control systems and explain their
working.
3. Select transducers, sensors, operational amplifiers, signal condition and data
acquisition systems for various applications and explain their working.
4. Select various mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic actuators for a
particular application.
5. To study the methods of defect identification for various Engineering applications –
materials, machine parts, constructions etc.
Description of Contents in brief:
Unit 1. Introduction: Evolution of Mechatronics, Elements of Mechatronics system,
Measurement Systems, Dynamics response of systems
Unit 2. Controllers: Control Systems, Feedback, open loop and closed loop control Basic
control actions. Proportional, integral and derivative control. Op Amp based PID
controller, Transfer function, block diagram reduction
Unit 3. Sensors & Transducers: Performance terminology, Various types of sensors and
transducers and their applications.
Unit 4. Microprocessors &microcontroller : Logic building and processing, logic gates,
combinational and sequential logic, fuzzy logic, microprocessor and its
programming. Signals and Signal conditioning.
Unit 5. Actuation systems: Mechanical actuators, Applications, Electrical actuators and
their applications, Hydraulic and pneumatic actuation systems.
Unit 6 Introduction to NDT, scope and advantage of NDT, Non destructive techniques:
Ultrasonic Crack detection, Magnetic particle for various materials, Eddy current,
Dye Penetrant, radiography, acoustic emission. Applications of NDT in various
Engineering fields.
1. D.G. Alciatore, M.B. Histand, Introduction to mechatronics and measurement
systems, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., Chennai, 4th Ed., 2014.
2. Appu Kuttan ,Introduction to mechatronics,Oxford University Press,2007.
3. Barry Hull & Vernon John, Non-destructive testing, Springer New York 2012.
List of Reference Books:
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 4th Ed.,
2002.
2. John Crisp, Introduction to Microprocessors and Micontrollers, Elsevier, 2nd
Edition, 2004
3. Norman S Nise, Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., USA,
6th Ed., 2011.
4. Andrew Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Elsevier, 3rd Edition, 2011.
URLs:
1. https://howtomechatronics.com/arduino-projects/
2. https://mechatronics.colostate.edu/video-demos/
Lecture Plan (about 38-48 Lectures):
*Lecture No. Topic Remarks
1. Introduction to the course, components of a mechatronic
system
2. Review of basic electrical and electronic components
3. Control Systems, Feedback, open loop and closed loop control,
basic control actions
4. Control Systems, Feedback, open loop and closed loop control,
basic control actions
5. Control Systems, Feedback, open loop and closed loop control,
basic control actions
6. Position and speed measurement sensors, potentiometer,
LVDT
7. Electrical resistance strain gauge, measurement of resistance
change with a wheat stone bridge, gauge factor
8. Measuring different states of stress with strain gauge, force
measurement with load cell
9. Laws of Thermocouple, Types of thermocouple,
Thermocouple tables and calibration
10. Piezo resistive and piezoelectric sensors, applications
11 Introduction to operational amplifiers
12 Inverting, Non-inverting, summing amplifiers, respective
applications
13 Integrating and differentiating amplifiers, difference
amplifiers, respective applications
14 Logarithmic amplifiers, comparators
15 Analogue to digital conversion, Sampling theorem
16 Digital to analogue conversion
17 Analogue to digital converters, successive approximation AD
converters
18 Ramp form AD converters, Flash type AD converters,
specifications of AD converters
19 Weighted resistor Digital to analogue converters
MAULANA AZAD NATIONAL INATITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BHOPAL - 462003

20 Review of Hexadecimal numbers, Conversion of denary to


hexadecimal numbers and vice-versa, Conversion of binary to
hexadecimal number and vice-versa
21 Review of Logic gates and their applications
22 Sequential and combinational circuits, Concept of S-R Latch
and clock
23 S-R flip flop, D-flip flop, Registers and their types
24 General architecture of microprocessor system, types of buses
and functions
25 Internal architecture of a microprocessor, Functions of each
component, Common type of registers,
26 Types of memory, Input/output devices
27 Examples of microprocessors, microcontrollers
28 Hydraulic systems: Hydraulic power supply and accumulator,
gear pump, vane pump, radial and axial piston pump.
29 Pneumatic systems: compressors, directional control valves
pressure control valves
30 Servo and proportional control valves, process control valves
31 Mechanical actuation system: Review of cams, gears, belt and
chain drives and bearings
32 Electrical actuation systems: Solenoids, AC and DC motors,
stepper motors
33 Introduction to NDT, scope and advantage of NDT,
34 Non destructive techniques: Ultrasonic Crack detection method.
35 Non destructive techniques: Eddy current, Dye Penetrant.
36 Non destructive techniques: Magnetic particle for various
materials, radiography.
37 Acoustic emission. Industrial applications of NDT in various
Engineering fields.
*Min 48 (for four credit course)
Evaluation Criteria:

Sl.No. Name of Examination Marks Remarks


Allotted
1 Mini Test 10
2 Mid Semester Test 20
3 Assignment if any 3
4 Tutorial if any 3
5 Quiz if any 4
6 Seminar, Viva voce if any
7 End Semester Examination 60
8 Experiments if any (for practical courses)
8 Any other

You might also like